WO2008060766A2 - Histamine h4 receptor ligands for use in pain treatment - Google Patents

Histamine h4 receptor ligands for use in pain treatment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008060766A2
WO2008060766A2 PCT/US2007/080132 US2007080132W WO2008060766A2 WO 2008060766 A2 WO2008060766 A2 WO 2008060766A2 US 2007080132 W US2007080132 W US 2007080132W WO 2008060766 A2 WO2008060766 A2 WO 2008060766A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
formula
methyl
pain
piperazin
pyrimidin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2007/080132
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2008060766A3 (en
Inventor
Marlon D Cowart
Robert J Altenbach
Huaqing Liu
Irene Drizin
Neil Wishart
David J Babinski
Robert J Gregg
Timothy A Esbenshade
Gin C Hsieh
Jorge D Brioni
Marie P Honore
Lawrence A Black
Chen Zhao
Brian D Wakefield
Arthur A Hancock
Original Assignee
Abbott Laboratories
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Abbott Laboratories filed Critical Abbott Laboratories
Publication of WO2008060766A2 publication Critical patent/WO2008060766A2/en
Publication of WO2008060766A3 publication Critical patent/WO2008060766A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/417—Imidazole-alkylamines, e.g. histamine, phentolamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene or sparfloxacin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]

Definitions

  • This invention relates to a method for pain treatment.
  • the method more particularly relates to administering histamine H 4 receptor ligands or compositions comprising the same for treating various forms of pain as further described herein
  • the condition of pain can refer to various forms of pain, for example, inflammatory pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain, among others.
  • Some methods for treating pain are currently known Such methods typically involve the administration of a pharmaceutical agent that works through specific biological mechanisms to treat different pain states.
  • Neuropathic pain can develop in response to previous injury or ongoing tissue injury, nerve injury, or diabetes. It is distinct from other types of pain (e g. inflammatory pain) in that it persists long after signs of the original injury or damage have disappeared Neuropathic pain also is associated with allodynia, hyperalgesia, or causaigia
  • Allodynia is the perception of pain following a stimulus that would not normally be painful. Hyperalgesia is an enhanced response to a mildly noxious stimulus. Causalgia is described as a chronic burning pain that shows persistence in the absence of obvious noxious stimuli. In addition to neuropathic pain, there are other types of pain that are not inflammatory or not due to ongoing inflammation, including osteoarthritis pain, cancer pain, viscera! pain.
  • Neuropathic pain is particularly difficult to treat and is not well treated with current therapies.
  • the topic of neuropathic pain has been reviewed in the scientific literature, for example, Smith, et al Drug Development Research (2001 ) voL 54(3), pp. 140-153; Collins and Chessel! Expert Opinion on Emerging Drugs (2005) vol. 10(1 ), pp. 95-108; Vinik and Mehrabyan Medical Clinics of North America (2004), vol 88(4), pp 947-999; Dray, Urban, and Dickenson Trends in Pharmacological Sciences (1994) vol. 15(6) pp 190-7; Dworkin Clinical Journal of Pain (2002) vol. 18(6) pp.
  • Histamine is understood to modulate a number of physiological activities, acting through specific histamine receptors (reviewed in Parsons and Ganell ⁇ n, British Journal of Pharmacology (2006) 147, S127-S 135; Igaz and Hegyesi, in Histamine: Biology and Medical Aspects (2004), 89-96; Editor(s): A. Falus; Pub. S. Karger AG, Basel).
  • Histamine receptors Four histamine receptors have been identified to date as playing distinct physiological roles. These are the histamine Hi receptor, the histamine H 2 receptor, the histamine H 3 receptor, and the histamine H 4 receptor.
  • the histamine H 4 receptor is the most recently identified histamine receptor and has been characterized as a distinct histamine receptor; it is found in a number of mammalian tissues and has been found to modulate a number of physiological processes, including immunological function.
  • the histamine H 4 receptor (also alternately known herein as the H 4 receptor) is a member of the 7-transmembrane G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) family, and is located on the cell surface membrane, where it binds to the endogenous molecuie histamine, and transduces signals that modulate specific cellular activities
  • GPCR G-protein coupled receptor
  • the human histamine H 4 receptor is distinct from other human histamine receptors, has low protein sequence homology with other human histamine receptors: 23% primary amino acid sequence identity with the histamine Hi receptor, 22% primary amino acid sequence identity with the histamine H 2 receptor, and 31 % primary amino acid sequence identity with the histamine H 3 receptor.
  • the H 4 receptor was reported by Nakamura, et al. (Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications (2000), v. 279, pp. 615-620), and was subsequently cloned by numerous research groups (e.g. Nakamura, ibid.; Coge, et al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications (2001) v, 284, pp.
  • H 4 receptor cDNA by RTPCR (reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction) of cellular and tissue mRNA located H 4 cDNA in various cells and tissues (Nakamura, ibid.) This has been confirmed in additional studies locating H 4 cDNA in cells such as leukocytes, eosinophils, mast cells, dendritic cells, and basophils, (Nakamura, ibid ; de Esch, ibid.; Ling, et al, British Journal of Pharmacology (2004) 142, 161-171 ).
  • RTPCR reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction
  • H 4 cDNA has been identified in several tissues, prominently bone marrow, spleen, lymph nodes, but also in heart, kidney, liver, lung, pancreas, skeletal muscle, leukocyte, prostate, small intestine, testis, and also in different brain regions ((Nakamura, ibid; de Esch, ibid; Coge, ibid).
  • histamine H 4 ligands in animal disease models, as well as in in vitro and ex vivo studies, have demonstrated that the histamine H 4 receptor plays an important role in various physiological and pathophysiological processes.
  • histamine H 4 deficient (knock out) animals and cells and tissues from such histamine H 4 deficient animals the histamine H 4 receptor has been demonstrated to play an important role in various physiological and pathophysiological processes.
  • diseases and disorders where histamine H 4 receptors have been found to play an important roie predominantly have been related to, for example, asthma, allergy, rheumatoid arthritis, and inflammation
  • the invention provides a method of pain treatment comprising administering a histamine H 4 receptor ligand, a salt, ester, or amide thereof, or a composition comprising such ligand, salt, ester, or amide
  • the histamine H 4 receptor ligands modulate or regulate the activity of histamine H 4 receptors
  • the ligands can demonstrate antagonist, inverse agonist, or partial agonist activity
  • Antagonists are iigands that block receptor activation by an agonist.
  • a histamine H 4 receptor antagonist blocks activation of the histamine H 4 receptor by a histamine H 4 receptor agonist such as the endogenous agonist iigand histamine.
  • Inverse agonists are ligands that block receptor activation. More generally, they block intrinsic activation of a receptor that occurs in the absence of an activation by an agonist, and also block receptor activation by an agonist Partial agonists are ligands that bind to receptors but only partially activate the receptor; in so doing, partial agonists compete with full agonists and block full activation of the receptor
  • the endogenous agonist histamine is a full agonist
  • the iigands are histamine H 4 receptor antagonists. More preferably the ligands are histamine H 4 receptor inverse agonists
  • Histamine H 4 receptor ligands of various structural classes have been identified and some are reviewed in Schwartz, Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents (2003) vol. 13, pp 851-865 Additional histamine H 4 receptor ligands also are provided, and are considered within the scope of the invention
  • the various forms of pain that can be treated can include all types of pain Examples of pain for which the method can be carried out include, but are not limited to, for example, inflammatory pain, chemically induced pain, pain resulting from surgery, pain resulting from burns, pain resuiting from osteoarthritis, noninflammatory pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain.
  • This invention discloses the novel method of treating pain (including diverse types of pain, including inflammatory pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain) by administration of histamine H 4 receptor ligands
  • the utility of histamine H 4 receptor ligands to treat neuropathic pain is novel
  • This invention discloses the novel utility of histamine H 4 receptor ligands to treat pain, including distinctly different types of pain, including inflammatory pain, chemically induced pain, pain resulting from surgery, pain resulting from bums, pain resulting from osteoarthritis, non-inflammatory pain, and to treat neuropathic pain.
  • the method of the invention can demonstrate particular benefit in its effectiveness in treating osteoarthritis pain, post-surgical pain, and neuropathic pain.
  • histamine H 4 receptor ligands are known. Such compounds have been demonstrated to modulate or regulate the activity of histamine H 4 receptors
  • the ligands can demonstrate antagonist, inverse agonist, or partial agonist activity.
  • Antagonists are Sigands that block receptor activation by an agonist.
  • a histamine H 4 receptor antagonist blocks activation of the histamine H 4 receptor by a histamine H 4 receptor agonist such as the endogenous agonist ⁇ gand histamine.
  • Inverse agonists are ligands that block receptor activation.
  • Partial agonists are ligands that bind to receptors but only partially activate the receptor; in so doing, partial agonists compete with full agonists and block full activation of the receptor.
  • the endogenous agonist histamine is a full agonist
  • the ligands are histamine H 4 receptor antagonists. More preferably the ligands are histamine H 4 receptor inverse agonists.
  • histamine H 4 receptor ligands Administering histamine H 4 receptor ligands, or a salt, ester, or amide thereof, in accordance with the invention are useful for treating pain, and particularly inflammatory pain, osteoarthritis pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain.
  • Histamine H 4 receptor ligands of various structural classes have been identified and some are reviewed in Schwartz, Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents (2003) vol. 13, pp. 851-865. To date, examples of histamine H 4 receptor ligands generally have a formula (I) - (Xl)
  • n represents an integer of 1 , 2 or 3;
  • p represents an integer of 0 or 1 ;
  • R 4 represents hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by halogen, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, N-(Ci -6 alkyl)amino, N ( N-d!(Ci- 6 aiky!amino, Ci ⁇ alkylthio, or C 3 .
  • Rs and Re independently represent hydrogen or Ci ⁇ alkyl optionally substituted by halogen, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, N-(Ci-6alkyl) amino, N,N-di-(Ct- B alkyl)amino, Ci -6 a!kylthio, Ci-eaikoxy, or C 3-S cyctoalkyl;
  • R 2 represents hydrogen, halogen or d-ealkyl; and
  • R 3 represents aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said aryl and heteroaryl are optionally having one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, carboxy, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C 3 .
  • B cyclo alky! phenyl, Ct-ealkanoyl, amino, N- ⁇ Ci. 6 alkyl ⁇ amino, N-(Ci- B alkanoyl)amino, N (Ci -6 aikylsulfonyl)amino, N-(phenylsulfonyl)amino, N-(C 1-6 alkoxycabonyi)amino, N- (aryl)amino, N-(aryl Ci -6 alkyl)amino, N,N-di(Ci.6alky!amino, Ci -6 a!koxy-carbonyl, Ci- 6 aikylthio, aminocarbonyl, N-(Ci- 6 aikyi)aminocarbony!, N,N-di-(Ci.
  • a compound of formula (8) can be reacted with an organometaliic reagent of formula (9), wherein L 1 represents a metal such as tin, zinc, or boron .
  • R 3 -L1 reagents include reagents such as a boronic acids of formula R 3 B(OH) 2 Or pinacolboranyl-R 3 , and an organostannanes such as (R 3 )SnBu 3 .
  • the organometallic reagent (9) is reacted with a compound of formula (8) in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 and a base, such as Na 2 CO 3 , for example under the conditions such as used for the Suzuki reaction, the Stille reaction or the Negishi reaction, to provide compounds of formula (6).
  • a compound of formula (7) can be reacted with a compound of formula (9), in a manner as described for the conversion of compounds of formula (8) to compounds of formula (6), to provide a compound of formula (4)
  • Compound of formula (4) can be reacted with a compound (5), in a manner as described for the conversion of compounds of formula (7) to compounds of formula (8), to provide a compound of formula (6).
  • Examples of compounds of formula (!) include, but are not limited to, 5- ((4aR,7aR)-tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(2H,7H,7aH)-y[)biphenyl-3-amine; 3- ⁇ naphthalen-1-yl)-5-((4aR,7aR)-tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin- 6 ⁇ 2H,7H,7aH)-yl)aniltne; 5- ⁇ (4aR,7aR ⁇ -tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin- 6(2H,7H,7aH)-yl)-3'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyi-3-amine; 3 I T 4 1 -dich!oro-5-((4aR > 7aR)- tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolot3,4-b]py ⁇ din
  • Ha histamine H 4 receptor ligands
  • Z is oxygen or sulfur;
  • R 7 is hydrogen or chosen from alkyl or cycioalkyl; the piperidine moiety is optionally substituted from one or more groups selected from alky!, cycloaikyl, CF 3 , or CH 2 OH;
  • a 3 is a heterocyclic group selected from indol-2-y!, benzoimidazol-2-yl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzothiophen-2-yl, 4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-5-yS, 4H-furo[3,2- b]pyrrole-5-yf, 6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-5-yl, 6H-furot2,3-b]pyrroie-5-yl, benzo[d]oxazol-2-yi, or benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl;
  • a 4 is a heterocyclic group selected from 3-oxo-3,4-dihydr ⁇ quinoxalin-2-yl, and S-oxo-S ⁇ -dihydropyridop.S-ypyrazin ⁇ -yi.S-thioxo-SAciihydroquinoxalin ⁇ -yt, 3-thioxo-3,4-dihydropyrtdo[3,2-b]pyrazin-2-yl, 3-imino-3,4 ⁇ dihydroquinoxa!in-2-yl, or 3- ⁇ mtno-3,4-dihydropyrido[3,2-b]pyrazin-2-yl; wherein the carbon atoms of A 3 and A 4 are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alkyl, fluoroalkyf, cyanoalkyl, cycloaikyl, fluorocycloalkyl, cycioalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloaikyl, alky
  • the compound of formula (10) may be converted to the corresponding active ester upon treatment with 1- hydroxybenzotraizole in the presence of a carbodiimide for example dicyciohexylcarbodiimide, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine.
  • Acids of formula (10) can be obtained from commercial sources or prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of formula (12) can be treated with Lawesson's reagent in a solvent such as THF to provide compounds of formula
  • Compounds of formula (Mb) can be generated by reaction of 2,3-dihaSo substituted pyrido[3,2 ⁇ b]pyrazines or 2,3-dihalo substituted quinoxalines with a suitably substituted piperazine, followed by treatment with ammonia, hydrogen sulfide or water to provide compounds of formula lib.
  • 2,3-Dihalo substituted pyrido[3,2-bjpyrazines and 2,3-dihalo substituted quinoxalines can be generated by the halogenation of pyrido[3,2-b]pyrazine-2,3( 1 H,4H)-diones and quinoxaline- 2,3(1 H,4H)-diones, respectively, using reagents such as thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide or phospohorus oxychloride
  • Pyrido[3,2-b]pyrazine-2,3(1 H,4H)-diones and quinoxalsne-2,3(1H,4H)-dtones can be generated by the reaction of pyridine- 2,3-diamines and benzene-1 ,2-diamines, respectively, with oxylate derivatives such as dimethyl oxylate, diethyl oxylate or oxalyl chloride
  • Examples of compounds of formula (Ha) include, but are not limited to, (5-chloro-1 H-indol-2-yl)(3,4-dimethylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone; (5- bromobenzofuran-2-yi)(4-methyipiperazin-1-yl)methanone; ⁇ 1H-indoi-2-yl)(4- methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanethione; (7-methyl-1 H-indo!-2-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1- y!methanone; (2,3-dtmethyl-4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrol-5-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)methanone; (2-chloro-3-methyl-4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrol-5-yl)(4-methyipiperazin- 1 -yl)methanone; and (2,3-dichloro-4H-thieno[3,
  • Examples of compounds of formula (lib) include, but are not limited to, 8- methyl-3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoxalin-2(1 H)-one; 8-methyl-3-(ptperazin-1- yl)quinoxalin-2(1H)-one; 3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(triftuoromethyi)quinoxalin- 2(1 H)-one; 7-chloro-6-fluoro-3-(4-methyipiperazin-1-yl)quinoxa!in-2(1 H)-one; and 6-chloro-7-fluoro-3-(4-methylpiperazin ⁇ 1-y!)quinoxalin-2(1 H)-one
  • Ri Hs H or (Ci-C 4 ) alkyl optionally substituted with a hydroxy
  • X is N or C-Ri 9 wherein R 1 9 is H or methyl
  • Y is O or NH
  • Ri 6 is H or methyi; and Riz, R13, Ru and R15 are each independently selected from H, halo, cyano, (C 1 - C 4 ) alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, hydroxy, (CH 2 )r-C(O)O- Ri7, (CH2)rO-(CH2)p-Ri ⁇ and (ChfeJrRi ⁇ i wherein p and r are both independently 0 or 1 , R 17 is H or (CrC 4 )alkyl and Ri ⁇ is phenyl
  • Compounds of formula (III) may be prepared by the following general synthetic methods:
  • the compound of formula (20) may be converted to the corresponding active ester upon treatment with 1 -hydroxybenzotraizole in the presence of a carbodiimide for example dicyclohexyicarbodiimide in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine.
  • Acids of formula (20) can be obtained from commercial sources or prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of formula (22) can be treated with Lawesson's reagent in a solvent such as THF to provide compounds of formula (23).
  • Examples of compounds of formula (ill) include, but are not limited to, (5- fluoro- 1 H-benzo[d]imidazol-2 ⁇ yl)(5-methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1 H)- yi)methanimine; (5,6-difluoro-1 H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)(5- methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c3pyrrol-2(1 H)-yl)methanimine; (6-fluoro-7-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)(5-methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1H)- yl)methanimine; (7-methyi-1 H-be ⁇ zo[d]imidazol-2-yl)(5- methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1 H)-yl)methanimine
  • A' represents a fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring of 5 to 7 atoms, at least one of which is a nitrogen atom; B' represents aryl or heteroaryl ring of 5 to 6 atoms, wherein B' is optionally substituted with one up to three groups of formula R 2 s, where R 25 represents independently.
  • Ci ⁇ alkyl H, F, Cl, Br, I 1 Ci ⁇ alkyl, C 3-6 -cycioaikyi, heterocycioaikyi, CM- alkoxy, C 3- 6cycloalkoxy, OH, OCF 3 , CF 3 , cyano, or NR 2 6R 27 ; R 2 6 and R 27 being independently H or Ci -4 -alkyl; X' represents O 1 NH, S, or CH 2 ;
  • R 21 represents H, or Ci -4 -a!kyl
  • R 22 represents H, optionally substituted Ci ⁇ aikyl, optionally substituted C 3 ⁇ - cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryi;
  • R23 and R2 4 represent independently H 1 or C-i ⁇ -alky!; or R 2 3 and R24 taken together may represent a C ⁇ -alkylene group; and corresponding N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, metabolites and prodrugs of such compounds
  • suitable condensing agents include aryl acid chlorides, heteroaryl acid chlorides, aryi aldehydes and heteroaryl aryi aldehydes.
  • An additional reagent such as HC! gas or POCI 3 may be required in the conversion of compounds of formula (30) to compounds of (31).
  • Compounds of formula (30) can be obtained from commerciai sources or prepared by one skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of formula (34) can be prepared by the reaction of cyclic diamines of formula (33) with compounds of formula (32) in an inert solvent, usually with heating, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine, and optionally using a palladium catalyst such as a mixture of palladium bis(trifluoroacetate) and tri(tert- buty!phosphine.
  • a base such as triethyl amine
  • a palladium catalyst such as a mixture of palladium bis(trifluoroacetate) and tri(tert- buty!phosphine.
  • Compounds of formula (36) can be prepared by the reaction of compounds of formula (32) with a substituted alkene of formula (35), wherein R 3 0 is a suitable metal-containing group such as a boronate ester or a triaikyi or a triarylstannane, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium
  • R 3 0 is a suitable metal-containing group such as a boronate ester or a triaikyi or a triarylstannane
  • a suitable palladium catalyst such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium
  • Examples of compounds of formula (IV) include, but are not limited to, 8- ch!oro-2-methyl-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-y!benzofuro[3,2-d]pyrimidine; 8-chloro-4- (8-methyl-3 t 8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octan-3-yl)benzofuro[3,2-d jpyrimidine; 8-chloro-4- ⁇ 1 -methyipyrroiidin-3-y!benzofuro[3,2-d]pyrimidine; 8-chloro-4-(1-methy!pJperidin- 4-yi)benzofuro[3,2-d]pyrimidine, Other structural classes of compounds with reported histamine H 4 receptor activity can be found among non-imidazole compounds (see Arienti, et al (US2005/0070550A1 ); Buzard, et al.
  • R 31 is selected from H, -NH(aikyl), -NHOH, -NHOCH 3 , alkyl, fluoroalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyi, fluorocycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cyano, and alkoxy;
  • R40 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aikyl, fluoroalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyi, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyaikyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylfluorocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, O-aryl, O-heteroaryl, S-aryl, CONR 38 R 39 ⁇ NR 3 BCOalkyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, alkoxysuifonyi, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsuifonyi, alkyny!, arnido, carboxy, cyano, fiuoroalkoxy, formyt, halo
  • R 33 , and R 39 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, fiuoroalkyi, cycloalkyl, cyanoalkyl, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloaSkyl, alkylfluorocycloalky!, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, acyl, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, aikylsulfonyl, amido, formyl, hydroxy, and hydroxyaikyl;
  • Ai is a group of structure
  • aikyl group a group of structure Ai, an aromatic ring, a naphthyiene, wherein the carbon atoms of the group A 2 may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alkyl, fluoroalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, fiuorocycloaikyl, cycSoalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloalky!, alkylfluorocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, O-aryl, O-heteroaryl, S-aryl, CONR38R39, NR 3 ⁇ COalkyl, acy!, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, alkoxysulfonyl, alkyicarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano
  • keto- esters of formula (42) can be reacted with a compound of formula (45), wherein (LG)i is a leaving group such fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, mesylate or trifiate, to provide compounds of formula (44).
  • Keto-esters of formula (44) can be treated with an amidate or guanidate of formula (47), such as guanidine nitrate, in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and heated in a solvent such as DMF to provide 4-hydroxy-pyrimidines of formula (48)
  • 4-Hydroxy-pyrimidines of formula (48) can exist as shown in the structure in Scheme 7 or in a tautomeric form
  • a base such as EtaN or N 1 N- dimethylaniline in a solvent such as toluene, dioxane or chloroform may be required
  • Pyrimidines of formula (49), wherein (LG) 2 C!
  • amines of formula (50) can be treated with amines of formula (50), wherein H is a hydrogen on a nitrogen atom, and heated, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or d ⁇ sopropyethylamine, and optionally in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, toluene or acetonitriie, to provide compounds of formula (41 )
  • a base such as triethylamine or d ⁇ sopropyethylamine
  • a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, toluene or acetonitriie
  • Diamines of formula (50) may contain up to two different N-H groups. Diamines of formula (50) that contain two different N-H groups may selectively react with compounds of formula (49) to provide one isomer of formula (41 ), wherein only one of the two different N-H groups participated in the reaction. Alternatively, diamines of formula (50) that contain two different N-H groups may non-selectively react with compounds of formula (49) to provide two isomers of formula (41), wherein either of the two N-H groups participated in the reaction. Mixtures of isomers of compounds of formula (41) can be separated by methods known to those skilled in the art, such as chromatography and crystallization.
  • Compounds of formula (41 ) may contain an N-R 37 group on the cyclic amine of formula Ai as defined in formula (V).
  • Compounds of formula (41 ), wherein one or more of the R 37 groups of Ai is hydrogen, can be reacted with an appropriate reagent such as R37-(LG)3, wherein (LG) 3 is a leaving group such as chlorine, bromine, iodine, mesylate, tosylate or triflate, to provide compounds of formula (1 ) wherein R37 is not hydrogen.
  • Sulfones of formula (54) can be treated with amines of formula (50) and heated, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine or diisopropyethyiamine, and optionally in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, acetonitrtle or toluene, to provide compounds of formula (41 ).
  • a base such as triethyl amine or diisopropyethyiamine
  • a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, acetonitrtle or toluene
  • diesters of formula (57), wherein R is lower alkyl and (LG) 4 is chlorine or bromine can be reacted with reagents of formula (63), wherein H is a hydrogen on an oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, in the presence of a base, to provide diesters of formula (56).
  • Diesters of formula (56) can be treated with an amidate or guanidate of formula (47), such as guanidine nitrate, in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and heated in a solvent such as DMF to provide 4,6- dshydroxy-pyrimidines of formula (58).
  • a base such as Et 3 N or dimethylaniline in a solvent such as toluene, dioxane or chloroform may be required.
  • Pyrimidines of formula (58) can also be treated with a sulfonating reagent such as para-toiuensuifonyi chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine and a solvent such as pyridine or chloroform to provide 2-amino- pyrimidines of formula (59) wherein (LG) 5 - O-SO 2 -R', wherein R' is lower alkyl, lower fluoroalkyi or aryl.
  • a sulfonating reagent such as para-toiuensuifonyi chloride
  • a base such as triethylamine
  • a solvent such as pyridine or chloroform
  • Compounds of formula (60) can be treated with a reagent of general formula (62).
  • Reagents of formula (62) include, but are not limited to organoborane reagents, wherein Z" is a borate or boronic acid, and organostannyl reagents, wherein Z" is SnR" 3 and wherein R" is lower alkyi Reactions between borates and stannanes of formula (62) can be carried out under conditions of the Suzuki or Stille reaction, in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and a base such as sodium carbonate and in a solvent such as 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, ethanol or toluene Reagents of formula (62) also include, but are not limited to alcohols, phenols, sulfides, amines, amides, sulfonamides and heterocycles wherein Z" is a hydrogen on an oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom Reactions between amines of formula (62) wherein Z" is a hydrogen on
  • Reactions between hetereocycles and less reactive amines, such as anilines, of formula (62) wherein Z" is a hydrogen on a nitrogen can also be carried out using a catalyst such as copper iodide under the conditions of the Ullrnann reaction in the presence of a base such as K 2 CO 3 in a solvent such as DMF, or by using a catalyst such as tris(dibenzy!ideneacetone)dipalladium(0) in a solvent such as toluene using a base such as potassium tert-butoxide.
  • a catalyst such as copper iodide under the conditions of the Ullrnann reaction in the presence of a base such as K 2 CO 3 in a solvent such as DMF
  • a catalyst such as tris(dibenzy!ideneacetone)dipalladium(0) in a solvent such as toluene using a base such as potassium tert-butoxide.
  • Benzoimidazol 1-yt-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidi ⁇ -2-ylamine; 2-[2-Amino-6- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylj-2H-pyridazin-3-one; N4-Benzyl-6-(4- methyt-piperazin-1-y[)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; and 4-Piperazin ⁇ 1 -yl-pyrimidir>2- ylamine.
  • G 1 is selected from oxygen, sulfur, S(O), S(O) 2 , NR 4 s and alkylene
  • G 2 is selected from oxygen, sulfur, S(O), S(O) 2 , NR 48 , and alkylene wherein each carbon of the alkylene and methylene groups of Gi and G 2 may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from aikyl, fluoroaikyi, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcydoalkyl, alkylfluorocycioalkyl, fluorine, acyi, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyi, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, halo
  • R 43 and R 44 taken together with the carbon atoms to which each is attached form a ring, wherein R 43 and R 44 taken together are -CH 2 CHaCHs-, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH 2 OCH 2 -;
  • R 46 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, fluoroaikyt, cyanoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, fiuorocycloaikyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloaSkyi, and alkylfiuorocycioalkyl;
  • R 4 7 is selected from fiuoroalkyl, hydroxyalkyS, alkoxyalkyi, fiuorocycloaikyl, and alkylfSuorocycloaikyl;
  • R48 and R 49 each are each independently selected from hydrogen, alky!, fiuoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cyanoalkyl, fiuorocycloaikyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloalkyi, alkylfiuorocycioalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, acyi, ajkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyi, amido, formyi, hydroxy, and hydroxyalkyl;
  • a 5 is a group of structure A 7 or Ag
  • a 7 is selected from
  • G 3 is O 1 S, S(O), S(O) 2 ; n is 1 , 2, or 3; m is 0, 1 , or 2; wherein each carbon atom of groups A 5 may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alky!, fSuoroalkyi, cyanoalkyl, cycloaikyi, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, aikylcycloalkyl, alkylfiuorocycloalkyl, fluorine, acyl, acyloxy, alkeny!, aikoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aikoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyi, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyi,
  • Compounds of formula (72) when treated with a compound of formula (73), such as guanidine nitrate, in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate under heated conditions in a solvent such as DMF will provide compounds of formula (74).
  • Compounds of formula (74) can exist as shown In the structure in Scheme 10 or in a tautomeric form.
  • Compounds of formula (77) generated through the methods outlined in Scheme 10, may contain a Br, I or -O-Tf functional group in one of the positions represented by R42, R43, R 44 or R 4 5 These functional groups may be utilized as a site for introducing a carbon or nitrogen atom containing substituent at that position. Such reactions are known to one skilled in the art.
  • compounds of formula (77), containing a Br, I or OTf functional group in one of the positions represented by R 42 , R43, R 4 4 or R 45 when treated with an aryl or heteroaryl boronic acids or boronic esters according to the conditions known to one skilied in the art as the Suzuki reaction will provide compounds wherein the Br 1 I or O-Tf has been replaced by an aryi or heteroaryl group.
  • compounds of formula (77) wherein one of R 42 , R 43 , R44 or R 45 Js Br, I or O-Tf, when treated with a vinyl, aryl or heteroaryl stannanes will provide compounds wherein the Br, I or O-Tf has been replaced by the vinyl, aryl or heteroaryl group.
  • compounds of formula (77) wherein one of R 42 , R 4 3, R 44 or R 45 is Br, I or O-Tf, when treated with amines, heterocycSes or heteroaryls containing an NH group will provide compounds of wherein the Br, I or O-Tf has been replaced by the amine, heterocycle or heteroaryl group.
  • Compounds of formula (77), which are representative of compounds of general formula (Vl) wherein R 41 , R 42 , R43, R44, R45, A 5 , Gi and G 2 are as defined in formula (Vl), may be prepared as outlined in Scheme 1 1
  • Compounds of formula (85), wherein R is lower alkyl or benzyl as obtained from commercial sources of prepared by one skilled in the art, when treated with either sodium, lithium or potassium hydroxide in a mixture of aqueous alcohol such as aqueous methanol or ethanol wiil provide compounds of formula (86), Compounds of formula (86) when heated in the presence of an acid such as polyphosphoric acid or heated in the presence of P 2 O 5 (phosphorus pentoxide), will provide compounds of formula (71 ).
  • compounds of formula (86) when treated with thionyl chloride under heated conditions will provide compounds of formula (87).
  • Compounds of formula (87) when heated in the presence of a Lewis acid such as aluminum trichloride in a solvent such as toluene or carbon disulfide will provide compounds of formula (71 ).
  • the compounds of formula (71 ) can be treated according to the methods outlined in Scheme 10 to provide compounds of formula (77).
  • R is lower aikyl
  • (LG) 6 is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo or methanesulfonyl, in the presence of a base such as K 2 CO 3 , EhH or sodium hydride, in a solvent such as acetone, CH 2 CI 2 , DMF or THF, will provide compounds of formula (92).
  • Compounds of formula (92) when treated with a base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as THF will provide compounds of formula (72).
  • Compounds of formula (72) when treated as outlined in Scheme 10 will provide compounds of formula (77), which are representative of compounds of formula (V! wherein Gt is aikylene and G 2 is O 1 S, NR 48 or NRa.
  • Preferred examples of compounds of formula (Vl) include, but are not limited to 6-methyl-4-[(3R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidi ⁇ -1-yl3-5,6-dihydro- benzo[h]quinazolin ⁇ 2-ylamine; 6-methyl-4-(3-methylamino-azetidtn-1 -yi)-5,6- dihydro-be ⁇ zo[h]quinazo!in ⁇ 2-yiamine; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidi ⁇ -1 ⁇ yl) ⁇ 6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-methyi-4-piperazin- 1-yl-5,6-dihydro-benzo[h3quinazolin-2-ylami ⁇ e; 4-(3-(R)-methylamino-pyrroJidin-1- yl)-6,7-d!hydro-5H
  • compounds of formula (Vl) include, but are not limited to 4-((R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-piperazin-1 -y!-6 t 7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; and 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1- yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine.
  • a 6 represents heterocyciyi, preferably azetidinyl or pyrrolidinyl, having at least one nitrogen ring atom, which nitrogen is attached to the pyrimidine ring in formula (VII) and wherein A 6 is substituted with -NR 51 R 52 , Rs5and is optionally substituted with one or more other substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1.
  • R 50 represents H, CM alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein each Ci -4 alky!, C 3-6 cycloaSkyl, is optionaily substituted with one or more halogen or R 50 represents - NR 55 R 57 wherein R 56 and R 57 are independently H, -C(O)CH 3 , -SO 2 CH 3 , Cu alkyl, £ 3 - 6 cycloalkyl, wherein each CM alkyl, C 3 .6 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen;
  • R 51 and R 52 are independently H, Ci -4 alkyl or C 3-6 cycloalkyl; wherein each Ci -4 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen and C 3- 6 cycloalkyl and wherein each C 3 -e cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen;
  • R5 1 , R 5 2 jointly form together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to a heterocyclyl ring;
  • R 53 and R 54 are independently H, F, Cl, Br, CN 1 C 1 ⁇ aikyi, OH, OC 1-4 alkyl, C(O)OH, C(O)OC M alkyl, C(O)NH 2 , C(O)NHCM alkyl, C(0)N(C M alkyl) 2 wherein each C 1 - 4 alkyi is optionally substituted with one or more halogen.
  • R 55 is selected from the group consisting of H, CM alkyl; F, Cl 1 Br, C 3 -5 cycioaikyl, OH, and OC 1 -4 alkyl, wherein each C 1 . 4 alkyl, C 3-6 cycioaikyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen; or optionally R55 form together with R5 2 (- R55-R52-) a -C1-4 alkyl- group
  • Examples of compounds of formula (VIi) include, but are not limited to N-
  • W is N or CR 6 2;
  • X" is N or CH;
  • Y' is O, NR 67 , or CR 67 R 6 Sl
  • Z' is N or CR 6 ⁇ ; n" is 0, 1 , or 2; each of R 6 g is, independently from other substituent assignments, H, C h alky!, C 2- 5 alkenyl, C 2 . 5 a!kynyl, C 3- 6cycioalkyl, -C 1 .
  • Cyc2 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from Ci- salkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and Cj- 3 aikoxy; R 6 3 is H, Ci.
  • each of R B 4 and R ⁇ s is, independently from other substituent assignments, H or Cv ealkyl, or R 64 and R 6 s taken together form a 5-6 membered cyclic structure Cyc3, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc3 is a 5- or 6-membered carbocycie or a 5- or 6- membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 heteroatoms, and wherein said cyclic structure Cyc3 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, I 1 or 2 substituents selected from Ci- 3 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and Ci ⁇ alkoxy; R 66 is H, C M aikyl; each of R 67 and Res is, independently from other substituent assignments, H or C 1 .
  • Examples of compounds of formulae (XIII) and (IX) include, but are not limited to
  • W is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, N or
  • X'" is, independen ⁇ y from other member and substituent assignments, N or CR 78 ; Y" is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, O, NR7 8 , or CR 79 R 6 O; Z" is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, N or CRer, n"' is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, 0, 1 , or 2; each of R70-7 1 is , independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H, -CF3, -Ci-eaikyl, -Cs-ecycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl; or, R70 and R 7 1 taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cyclic structure Cyc5 selected from 5- or 6- membered carbocycle, and 5- or 6-rnembered heterocycle with 1 heteroatom, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc5 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents
  • each of R d , R ⁇ and R f is, independently from other substituent assignments, selected from H, C h alky!, C 3-6 cycloalkyi, phenyl, (C 3 - 6 cyc!oaikyl)Ci- 2 alkyl t benzyl and phenethyl, or R d and R e taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring HetCyc4, wherein said ring HetCyc4 has 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms selected from O, S , >NH and >NCi -6 alky!, and wherein any phenyl, phenethyl, benzyl, alkyl or cycloalkyl moiety in any of said R 70 - 73 , R d , R e , R f , and said ring
  • R 74 is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H, -Ci- 6 a!kyl,- C ⁇ alkoxy, or hydroxy; each of R 75 and R 7 e is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H or or R 75 and R 7 e taken together form a 5-6 membered cyclic structure Cyc7, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc7 is a 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 heteroatoms, and wherein said cyclic structure Cyc7 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from -Ci -3 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and -Oi ⁇ alkoxy; R 77 is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H or ⁇ Ci.
  • RBI is independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H 1 -Ci. 4 aikyl, hydroxy, or -d ⁇ alkoxy; an enantiomer, diastereomer, racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide or ester thereof; with the following provisos: when Y" is O or NR 7 g, then Z 1 " is CR BI and R 74 is not hydroxy or when Z" is N, Y" is CR 79 R 80 ; when R 7 o and R 71 are both -H, Y" is CH 2 , and R 77 is methyl, then R 74 is not hydroxy.
  • Examples of compounds of formulae (X) and (Xl) include, but are not limited to 1 -(3- ⁇ 4-[4,5-bis-(4-bromo-phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2-y!]-3-chloro-phenoxy ⁇ - propyl)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1 - ⁇ 3-[3-chloro-4-(4,5-diphenyi-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)- phenoxy ⁇ -pr ⁇ pyl)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1 ⁇ (3- ⁇ 4-
  • acy as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbo ⁇ yl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of acyl include, but are not limited to, acetyl, 1- oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-oxopropyl, 1-oxobutyl, and 1-oxopentyl.
  • acyloxy as used herein means an acyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent moiecular moiety through an oxygen atom, Representative examples of acyloxy include, but are not limited to, acetyloxy, propionyloxy, and isobutyryloxy.
  • alkenyi as used herein means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 2 to 10 carbons, and preferably 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbons, and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • Representative examples of alkenyi include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 2 ⁇ propenyl, 2-methyl- 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 2-methyl-1-heptenyl, and 3-decenyl.
  • alkoxy as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
  • Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, and hexyloxy.
  • alkoxyalkoxy means an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecuiar moiety through another alkoxy group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of alkoxyalkoxy include, but are not limited to, tert-butoxy methoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, and methoxy methoxy.
  • alkoxyalkyl as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of alkoxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, tert-butoxymethyi, 2-ethoxyethyi, 2-methoxyethyl, and methoxymethyl.
  • alkoxycarbonyl as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of alkoxycarbonyl include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and tert-butoxycarbonyl.
  • alkoxyimino include, but are not limited to, imino ⁇ methoxy)methyl, ethoxy(imino)methyl and tert-butoxy ⁇ imino)methyl.
  • alkoxysuifo ⁇ yl as used herein means an aikoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein.
  • alkoxysulfonyl include, but are not limited to, methoxysulfonyl, ethoxysulfonyl, and propoxysulfonyl
  • alky means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbons.
  • Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n ⁇ butyl, sec-butyi, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n ⁇ hexyl, 3-methyihexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3- dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, and n-decy!.
  • alkylene means a divalent group derived from a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon of from 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • Representative examples of aikylene include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, ⁇ C(CH 3 )2-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -.
  • alkyiamino as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a NH group
  • alkyfamino include, but are not limited to, methyiamino, ethylamino, tsopropyiarnino, and butylamino
  • alkylcarbonyi as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbony! group, as defined herein Representative examples of aikylcarbony!
  • alkylcycloalkyl as used herein means a cycloalkyi group as defined herein, attached to an alkylene moiety, attached to the parent molecular moiety through the alkylene group.
  • alkyicycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl and the like
  • alkylfluorocycloalkyl as used herein means a fiuorocycloalkyl group as defined herein, attached to an alkyiene moiety, attached to the parent molecular moiety through the alkylene group.
  • aikylfluorocycloaikyl include, but are not limited to, (4-f!uorocyclohexyl)rnethyl,
  • alkyisuifony as used herein means an aikyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfony! group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of alkylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to, methyisulfonyl and ethylsuifonyl.
  • alkylthio as used herein, means an alkyi group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom
  • alkylthio include, but are not limited, methyithio, ethylthio, tert-butylthio, and hexyithio
  • alkynyl as used herein means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably 2, 3, 4, or 5 carbons, and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond
  • alkynyl include, but are not limited to, acetylenyl, 1- propynyi, 2-propynyi, 3-butynyl, 2-pentynyl, and 1-butynyi.
  • amido as used herein means an amino, aikylamino, or dialkylarnino group appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of amido include, but are not limited to, aminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonyi, dimethylaminocarbonyi, and ethylmethylaminocarbonyl.
  • amino as used herein means an -NH 2 group
  • aryl as used herein, means phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, or a tricyclic aryl
  • the bicyc ⁇ c aryi is naphthyl, a phenyl fused to a cycloalkyl, or a phenyl fused to a cycloalkenyl.
  • the bicyclic aryl of the invention must be attached to the parent molecular moiety through any available carbon atom contained within the phenyl ring
  • Representative examples of the bicyciic aryl include, but are not limited to, dihydroindenyl, indenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthalenyl, and tetrahydronaphthaienyl.
  • the tricyclic aryl is anthracene or phenanthrene, a bicyclic aryl fused to a cycloaSkyl, a bicyciic aryl fused to a cycloalkenyl, or a bicyclic aryl fused to a phenyl.
  • tricyclic aryl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within a phenyl ring
  • Representative examples of tricyclic aryl ring include, but are not limited to, azulenyl, dihydroanthracenyl, fluorenyl, and tetrahydrophenanthrenyi.
  • the carbon atoms of the aryl groups of this invention are substituted with hydrogen or are optionally substituted with substituents independently selected from acyl, acytoxy, alke ⁇ yl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, alkoxysulfony!, alkyi, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfony!, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haioalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkySthio, -NRBR ⁇ , (NR ⁇ RgJcarbonyl, - SO 2 NReRa, and N(Rs)SO 2 (Rs) Where the aryl group is a phenyl group, the number of substituents is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • aryl group is a bicyc ⁇ c aryl
  • the number of substituents is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7
  • the aryl group is a tricyclic aryl
  • the number of substituents is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9
  • arylalkyl as used herein means an aryl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethy! and 3-pheny!propyl
  • carboxy as used herein means a -CO 2 H group.
  • cyano as used herein means a -CN group, attached to the parent molecular moiety through the carbon.
  • cyanoalkyl as used herein means a -CN group attached to an alkyiene, appended to the parent molecular moiety through the alkylene group
  • Representative examples of “cyanoalkyi” include, but are not limited to, 3- cyanopropyl, and 4-cyanobutyL
  • cyanophenyl as used herein means a -CN group appended to the parent molecular moiety through a phenyl group, including, but not limited to, 4-cyanophenyi, 3-cyanophenyl, and 2-cyanophenyl.
  • cycloalkyi as used herein means a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 10 carbons.
  • examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyi, cyclopentyi, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl C 3 -C 5 cycloalkyl in particular refers to a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 5 carbons, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyt, and cyclopentyi
  • cycloaikenyl as used herein means a cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 10 carbons, containing 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double bonds.
  • Examples of cycloalkeny! include cyclopropenyi, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptentyl, and cyclooctenyl
  • Each of the carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl or cycloaikenyl groups of the invention is substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from acyl, acyioxy, aike ⁇ yl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aikoxyaikyl, alkoxycarbony!, aikoxyimino, alkoxysulfonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyi, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloaikoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, oxo, nitro, alkylthio, -NR 8 Rg, -SO 2 N(Rs)(Rs), and -N(R 8 )SO 2 (Rs), wherein, R 8 and R 9 are defined herein
  • cycSoalkoxyaikyi as used herein means a cycloalkyi group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an -O-alkyl- group, wherein aSkyl is as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of cycloaikoxySalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclobutoxymethyl, cyclopentyloxymethyi, 2-(cyclopentyloxy)ethyl and cycIohexyloxymethyS.
  • cycioalkyicarbonyl as used herein means a cycloalky! group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of cycioalkyicarbonyl inciude but are not limited to, cyctopropylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, and cycloheptylcarbonyi.
  • cycloalkylalkyl as used herein means a cycloalkyi group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of cycloalkylalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentyl methyl, cyclohexylmethyl, and cycloheptyimethyi.
  • (C 3 -C 5 cycloalkyl)alkyl in particular refers to a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 5 carbons, for example, cyclopropyl, cyciobutyl, and cyclopentyl, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a alkyl group.
  • dialkylamino as used herein means two independent alkyl groups, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. Representative examples of dialkylamino include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethyiamino, and butylmethylamino.
  • fluoro as used herein means -F.
  • fluoroalkyl as used herein means at least one fluoro group, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of fluoroalkyl include, but are not limited to, ffuoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl.
  • fiuoroalkoxy means at least one fluoro group, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of fiuoroalkoxy include, but are not limited to, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, and 2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy.
  • halo or halogen as used herein means C!, Br, I, or F.
  • haioalkoxy means at least one halogen, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of haioalkoxy include, but are not ⁇ mited to, 2-fluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and pentafluoroethoxy.
  • haloalkyl as used herein means at least one halogen, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, chloromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 2- chloro-3-fiuoropentyl .
  • heterocycle refers to non-aromatic cyclic groups that contain at least one heteroatom
  • Non-aromatic heterocycles are non- aromatic cyclic groups that contain at least one heteroatom; examples of non- aromatic heterocyclic groups or non-aromatic heterocycles are further defined below
  • Heterocyclic rings are connected to the parent molecular moiety through a carbon atom, or alternatively in the case of heterocyclic rings that contain a bivalent nitrogen atom having a free site for attachment, the heterocyclic ring may be connected to the parent molecular moiety though a nitrogen atom. Additionally, the heterocycles may be present as tautomers.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Such rings can be monocyclic or bicyclic as further described herein.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl or “5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring”, as used herein, refer to 5- or 6-membered aromatic rings containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5- membered ring contains two double bonds; such a ring may contain one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur atom, or may contain one oxygen atom, or may contain one sulfur atom.
  • the 6- membered ring contains three double bonds, or alternatively, the 6- membered ring may contains 2 double bonds within the ring when the ring is substituted with an oxo group Furthermore, the 6-membered ring may contain one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and or one oxygen atom
  • the 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyciic heteroaryl ring.
  • 5- to 6-membered heteroaryi rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazoiyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazoiyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazoiyl, thiadiazoiyl, thiadiazolonyl, thiadiazinonyl, oxadiazolyl, oxadiazolonyl, oxadiazinonyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazinyi, triazolyl, triazolyl, triazolyl, pyridazinonyl, pyridonyl, and pyrimidinonyl
  • bicyclic heteroaryl or "8- to 12- membered bicycSic heteroaryl ring”, as used herein, refers to an 8-, 9-, 10-, 1 1-, or 12- membered bicyclic aromatic ring wherein one or more of the atoms of the ring has been replaced with at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen
  • the bicyclic heteroaryl of the invention maybe attached to the parent molecular moiety through any available carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the heteroaryl ring
  • Representative examples of bicyclic heteroaryl rings include indoiyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazoiyl, benzothiazoiyi, benzoxazolyl, benzoisothiazoiyi, benzoisoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinoli ⁇ yl, quinazolinyl, quinoxaSinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl
  • Monocyclic heteroaryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl rings are substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents
  • Bicyciic heteroaryi or 8- to 12-mernbered bicyciic heteroaryl rings are substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 substituents.
  • Heteroaryl groups of the invention may be present as iautomers.
  • heterocycle or “heterocyclic” as used herein, means a monocyclic heterocycle or a bicyciic heterocycle
  • the monocyclic heterocycle is a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S
  • the 3- or 4- membered ring contains 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S
  • the 5- membered ring contains zero or one double bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S
  • the 6- or 7- membered ring may contain zero, one, or two double bonds provided that the ring, when taken together with a substituent, does not tautomerize with a substituent to form an aromatic ring.
  • the monocyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle.
  • Representative examples of monocyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyi, aziridinyl, diazepa ⁇ yl, 1,3- dioxanyl, 1 ,3-dioxolanyl, 1 ,3-dithiolanyl, 1 ,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyi, isothiazolidinyi, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyi, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazo
  • the bicyciic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group, a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a cycloalkyl, a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a cycloalkenyl, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle.
  • the bicyciic heterocycie is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle.
  • Representative examples of bicyciic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, 1 ,3-benzodioxolyl, 1 ,3-benzodithiolyl, 2,3-dihydro-
  • 1,4-benzodioxinyl 2,3-dihydro-i-benzofuranyi, 2,3-dihydro-i-benzothienyl, 2,3- dihydro-I H-indolyi, and 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyi.
  • the non-aromatic heterocycles of the invention substituted with hydrogen, or optionally substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 substituents independently selected from acyl, acyioxy, aikenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyaikoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, aikoxysulfonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkyisulfonyl, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, fluoroaikoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloaikyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkylthio, - NR 8 R 9 , (NReR 9 )carbonyl, -SO 2 N(R 8 ) (R 9 ), and -N(R 8 )SO 2 (R 9 ).
  • hydroxy as used herein means an -OH group.
  • hydroxyalkyl as used herein means at ieast one hydroxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of hydroxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methyl-2 ⁇ hydroxyethyl, 3- hydroxypropyl, 2,3-dihydroxypentyl, and 2-ethy!-4-hydroxyheptyl.
  • hydroxy-protecting group means a substituent which protects hydroxy!
  • hydroxy-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methoxymethyi, benzyioxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, 2- (trimethySs ⁇ yl)ethoxymethyl, benzyl, triphenylmethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, t-butyl, trimethyls ⁇ yl, t-butyldimethylsiiyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, methylene acetal, acetonide benzyiidene acetal, cyclic ortho esters, methoxymethylene, cyclic carbonates, and cyclic boronates.
  • Hydroxy-protecting groups are appended onto hydroxy groups by reaction of the compound that contains the hydroxy group with a base, such as triethylamine, and a reagent selected from an alkyl halide, alkyi trifilate, trialkylsilyl halide, trialkylsily! Inflate, aryldialkylsilyltriflate, or an alkylchloroformate, CH 2 i 2 , or a dihaloboronate ester, for example with methyliodide, benzyl iodide, triethyi si lyltrif late , acetyl chloride, benzylchloride, or dimethylcarbonate.
  • a protecting group also may be appended onto a hydroxy group by reaction of the compound that contains the hydroxy group with acid and an alkyl acetal.
  • mercapto as used herein means a -SH group.
  • (NRBR ⁇ ) as used herein means both an Rs and Rg group, as defined herein, are appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom.
  • (NRaRg) is appended to the parent molecular moiety through the nitrogen
  • (NR ⁇ Rs)alkyl as used herein means an -NRsRg group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyiene group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of ⁇ NR ⁇ Rg)a!kyl include, but are not limited to, 2- ⁇ methylamino)ethyl, 2- ⁇ dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-(amino)ethyl ( 2- ⁇ ethylmethy!amino)ethyi, and the like
  • ⁇ NRgRgJcarbonyl as used herein means an - NReRg group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of include, but are not limited to, aminocarbonyl, (methylamino)carbo ⁇ yl, (dimethylamino)carbonyl, (ethylmethylamino)carbonyl, and the like
  • (NR 8 Rg)suifonyl as used herein means a - NR 8 R 9 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein Representative examples of include, but are not limited to, aminosulfonyl, (methylami ⁇ o)sulfonyi, (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and (ethylmethylamino)sulfonyl
  • -N(Re)SO 2 (Rg) means an amino group attached to the parent moiety to which is further appended with a Re group as defined herein, and a SO 2 group to which is appended an (Rg) group as defined herein.
  • Representative examples Of -N(Ra)SOa(Rg) include, but are not limited to, N- methylmethanesulfonamide.
  • -SO2 (NRSR ⁇ ) means a NR 8 Rg group attached to a SO 2 group, appended to the parent moiety through the suifonyl group
  • Representative examples of -SO 2 (NRgRg) include, but are not limited to (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylsuifonyl.
  • (NR38R39) as used herein means both an Ra 8 and R 3g group, as defined herein, are appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom
  • the “(NR38R3 9 )” is appended to the parent molecular moiety through the nitrogen.
  • (NR3eR39)alkyl as used herein means an -NR38R3 9 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyiene group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of (NRasRagJalkyl include, but are not limited to, 2- ⁇ methy!amino)ethyl, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-(amino)ethyi, 2- (ethyimethyiamino)ethyl, and the like.
  • ( NR 38 R 39 )carbonyr as used herein means an - NR 38 R 39 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein
  • Representative examples of (NR 3a R39)carbonyl include, but are not limited to, aminocarbony!, (methylamino)carbonyl, (dimethylamino)carbonyi, (ethylmethylamino)carbonyl, and the like.
  • (NR 3 8R3 9 )sulfonyl as used herein means a - NR38R 39 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of (NR 3 sR 3 g)sulfonyl include, but are not limited to, aminosulfonyi, (methyfamino)sulfonyl, (dimethylamino)sujfonyl and (ethyimethyiamino)sulfonyl.
  • -N(R 38 )SO 2 (RSg) means an amino group attached to the parent moiety to which is further appended with a R 38 group as defined herein, and a SO 2 group to which is appended an (R39) group as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of -N(R 38 )SO 2 (R 3 g) include, but are not limited to, N-methylmethanesulfonamide,
  • -SO 2 (NR38R3g) means a NR3BR39 group attached to a SO ⁇ group, appended to the parent moiety through the sulfonyl group.
  • Representative examples of -SO 2 (NR 3 8R39) include, but are not limited to (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and N-cyciohexyl-N-methylsulfonyl.
  • (NR 4B R49) as used herein means both an R 4 ⁇ and R 4 g group, as defined herein, are appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom.
  • the “(NR48R49)” is appended to the parent molecular moiety through the nitrogen.
  • (NR 4 ⁇ R 49 ⁇ alkyl) as used herein means an -NR 4 8R 49 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkylene group, as defined herein
  • Representative examples of (NR ⁇ s ⁇ R4 9 )alkyl include, but are not limited to, 2-(methylamino)ethyi, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-(amino)ethyi, 2- (ethyimethy!amino)ethyl, and the like.
  • ( NR 4B R49 ⁇ carhonyI) as used herein means an - NR48R49 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of (NR 4 ⁇ R 4 g)carbony! include, but are not limited to, aminocarbonyf, (methylamino)carbonyl, (dimethyiamino)carbonyl, (ethylmethylamino)carbonyi, and the like.
  • (NR 48 R49)suifonyP' as used herein means a - NR 4S R49 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein.
  • Representative examples of (NR 4 sR 49 )sulfonyl include, but are not limited to, aminosuifonyl, (methy!amino)suifonyl, (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and (ethylrnethylarnino)sulfonyl
  • -N(R 48 )SO 2 (R 4 S) as used herein means an amino group attached to the parent moiety to which is further appended with a R 48 group as defined herein, and a SO 2 group to which is appended an (R 49 ) group as defined herein
  • Representative examples of -N(R 48 )S ⁇ 2 (R 4 g) include, but are not limited to, N-rnethylmethanesulfonamide
  • -SO2 (NR 4e R 4 9)
  • NR 4 8R 49 group attached to a SO 2 group, appended to the parent moiety through the suifonyl group
  • Representative examples of -SO 2 (NR 48 R 4 S) include, but are not limited to (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and N-cyclohexyi-N-methylsu!fonyl.
  • nitro as used herein means a -NO 2 group.
  • nitrogen protecting group as used herein means those groups intended to protect a nitrogen atom against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures Nitrogen protecting groups comprise carbamates, amides, N-benzyl derivatives, and imine derivatives.
  • Preferred nitrogen protecting groups are acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), formyl, phenylsuifonyi, pivaloyi, tert-butoxycarbonyi (Boc), tert-butylacety!, trifluoroacetyl, and triphenylmethy!
  • base such as triethylamine
  • a reagent selected from an alkyl halide, an alkyl trifilate, a dialkyl anhydride, for example as represented by an alkyl anhydride (alkyl-OC O) 2 ⁇ t a diary!
  • sulfonyl as used herein means a -S(O)2- group.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) - (Xl) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the histamine H 4 receptor iigands may exist as stereoisomers wherein, asymmetric or chiral centers are present These stereoisomers are "R” or “S” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom
  • R and S used herein are configurations as defined in IUPAC 1974 Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, in Pure Appl Chem , 1976, 45: 13-30, The invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and these are specifically included within the scope of this invention.
  • Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers
  • Individual stereoisomers of compounds of the invention may be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain asymmetric or chiral centers or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution well known to those of ordinary skill in the art These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1 ) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and optional liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary as described in Furniss, Hannaford,
  • Histamine H 4 receptor Iigands useful for the method may exist as cis or trans isomers, wherein substituents on a ring may attached in such a manner that they are on the same side of the ring (cis) relative to each other, or on opposite sides of the ring relative to each other (trans). Such methods are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and may include separation of isomers by recrystallization or chromatography. It should be understood that the compounds of the invention may possess tautomeric forms, as well as geometric isomers, and that these also constitute an aspect of the invention
  • compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formuiae (! ⁇ (XI) in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are suitable for the method.
  • the compositions comprise a histamine H 4 receptor ligand of the invention formulated together with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for parenteral intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intra-arterial, or intradermal injection, for or for vaginal, nasal, topical, or rectal administration.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type.
  • materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethy! cellulose, ethy!
  • cellulose and cellulose acetate powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such a propylene glycol; esters such as ethyi oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryS sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of one skilled in the art of formulations,
  • compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formulae (I)-(XI) in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are suitable for the method.
  • the compositions comprise a histamine H 4 receptor ligand of the invention formulated together with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for parenteral intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intraarterial, or intradermal injection, for or for vaginal, nasal, topical, or rectal administration.
  • compositions for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, poSyols (propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, and the like, and suitable mixtures thereof), vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate, or suitable mixtures thereof
  • Suitable fluidity of the composition may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin
  • Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • suspending agents for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention can be incorporated into slow-release or targeted-delivery systems such as polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres. They may be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter or by incorporation of sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions, which may be dissolved in sterile water or some other sterile injectable medium
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsulated matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polyiactJde-polyglycoltde. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides) Depot injectable formulations also are prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemuSsions which are compatible with body tissues.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other steriie injectable medium just prior to use.
  • sterile injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic, parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent such as a solution in 1 ,3-butanedioL
  • a nontoxic, parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent such as a solution in 1 ,3-butanedioL
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U. S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • one or more compounds of the invention is mixed with at least one inert pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and salicylic acid; b) binders such as carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrroiidinone, sucrose, and acacia; c) humectants such as glycerol; d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin; f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds; g) wetting agents such as cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay; and i) lub
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract in a delayed manner Examples of materials which can be useful for delaying release of the active agent can include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • compositions for rectal or vagina! administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vagina! cavity and release the active compound.
  • suitable non-irritating carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vagina! cavity and release the active compound.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropy! alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, be ⁇ zy!
  • benzoate propylene glycol, 1 ,3- butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryS alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • oils in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils
  • glycerol tetrahydrofurfuryS alcohol
  • polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan and mixtures thereof.
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches,
  • a desired compound of the invention is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
  • Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
  • the ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
  • Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the compounds of this invention, lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Sprays can additionally contain customary propeliants such as chiorofiuorohydrocarbons.
  • Liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are formed by mono- or mutti- lamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically acceptable and metaboiizabSe lipid capable of forming liposomes may be used.
  • the present compositions in liposome form may contain, in addition to the compounds of the invention, stabiiizers, preservatives, and the like.
  • the preferred lipids are the natural and synthetic phospholipids and phosphatidylcholines (lecithins) used separately or together.
  • Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments and inhalants.
  • the active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers or propeliants, which can be required.
  • Opthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders and solutions are contemplated as being within the scope of this invention
  • Aqueous liquid compositions comprising compounds of the invention also are contemplated.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or amides derived from inorganic or organic acids.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and amides refer to carboxylate salts, amino acid addition salts, zwitterions, esters and amides of compounds of formulae (I)-(XI) which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, ailergic response, and the like, are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well-known in the art.
  • the salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention or separately by reacting a free base function with a suitable organic acid
  • Representative acids suitable for formation of addition salts by combination with the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid, (D)-tartaric acid, (L)-tartaric acid, maleic acid, phosphoric acid, citric acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and trifluoroacetic acid.
  • acids include acetic, adipic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, benzenesulfonic, 4-methylbenzenesulfonic, camphorsulfonic, proprionic, hydrobromic, glucuronic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, naphthylene sulfonic, lactic, fumaric, oxalic, and succinic acid.
  • the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; dialky!
  • sulfates such as dimethyl, diethyl, dtbutyl and diamyl sulfates; long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; arySalkyl halides such as benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained
  • Basic addition salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of compounds of this invention by reacting a carboxylic acid-containing moiety with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable meta! cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
  • a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable meta! cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, cations based on alkali metals or alkaline earth metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts, and the like, and nontoxic quaternary ammonia and amine cations including ammonium, tetramethylarnmonium, tetraethylammonium, methyiamine, dimethyiamine, trimethylamine, triefhylamine, diethylamide, ethyiamine and the such as.
  • Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethyienediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine.
  • esters of compounds of the invention which hydrolyze in vivo and include those that break down readily in the human body to leave the parent compound or a salt thereof
  • pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic esters of the invention include d-to-Ce a!ky!
  • esters and C 5 -Io-C 7 cycloaikyl esters although Cr to-C 4 alkyl esters are preferred
  • Esters of the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared according to conventional methods For example, such esters may be appended onto hydroxy groups by reaction of the compound that contains the hydroxy group with acid and an alkyicarboxylsc acid such as acetic acid, or with acid and an arylcarboxy ⁇ c acid such as benzoic acid.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable esters are prepared from compounds containing the carboxyiic acid groups by reaction of the compound with base such as triethyiamine and an alkyl haiide, alkyl trifitate, for example with methyliodide, benzyl iodide, cyclopentyl iodide. They also may be prepared by reaction of the compound with an acid such as hydrochloric acid and an alcohol such as ethanoi or methanol.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable amide refers to non-toxic amides of the invention derived from ammonia, primary Crto-C 6 alkyl amines and secondary d-to-C ⁇ diafkyl amines.
  • the amine may also be in the form of a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom
  • Amides derived from ammonia, Ct-to-C 3 alkyl primary amides and CHa-C 2 diaiky! secondary amides are preferred .
  • Amides of the compounds of formulae (I)-(Xi) may be prepared according to conventional methods.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable amides are prepared from compounds containing primary or secondary amine groups by reaction of the compound that contains the amino group with an alkyl anhydride, aryl anhydride, acyl halide, or aryl acid chloride.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable esters are prepared from compounds containing the carboxylic acid groups by reaction of the compound with base such as triethyiamine, a dehydrating agent such as dicyclohexyi carbodiimide or carbonyl diimidazole, and an alkyl amine, dialkylamine, for example with methylamine, diethylamide, piperidine.
  • compositions can contain a compound of the invention in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug.
  • a prodrug of a suitable histamine H 4 receptor ligand also may be incorporated into a desired composition.
  • prodrug or "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug”, as used herein, represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and Sower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use.
  • Prodrugs of the invention may be rapidly transformed in vivo to a parent compound of formula (I), for example, by hydrolysis in blood, A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, V. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press (1987), hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the invention contemplates pharmaceutically active compounds either chemically synthesized or formed by in vivo biotransformation to a suitable histamine H 4 receptor ligand.
  • Histamine H 4 receptor Sigands modulate the activity of histamine H 4 receptors, particularly by histamine H 4 receptor antagonism, agonism, partial ago ⁇ ism, or inverse agonism.
  • the compounds and compositions of the invention can be used for treating and preventing pain disorders modulated by histamine H 4 receptor.
  • pain disorders can be ameliorated by modulating histamine H 4 receptors in a mammal, preferably by administering a compound or composition of the invention, either alone or in combination with another active agent, for example, as part of a therapeutic regimen.
  • compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other mammals oral administration, by injection, including by intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intra-arterial, and intradermal injection.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other mammals topically (as by powders, lotions, ointments or drops applied to the skin), bucalSy, or inhaled, as an oral or nasal spray.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other mammals intrarectally, intravaginaliy.
  • parenteraliy refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrastemal, subcutaneous and intraarticular
  • Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active compound(s) that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, compositions and mode of administration
  • the selected dosage level will depend upon the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the severity of the condition being treated and the condition and prior medical history of the patient being treated. However, it is within the skill of the art to start doses of the compound at levels lower than required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of one of the compounds of the invention can be employed in pure form or, where such forms exist, in pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide or prodrug form.
  • the compound can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound of interest in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • therapeutically effective amount means a sufficient amount of the compound to treat disorders, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
  • the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment
  • the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts
  • Administering the histamine H 4 receptor iigand, or composition comprising the iigand provides a method of treating a condition or disorder of pain
  • pain conditions and disorders include, but are not limited to, inflammatory pain, hyperalgesia, inflammatory hyperalgesia, migraine, cancer pain, osteoarthritis pain, post-surgical pain, non-inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, sub-categories of neuropathic pain including peripheral neuropathic pain syndromes, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, complex regional pain syndrome, HlV sensory neuropathy, neuropathy secondary to tumor infiltration, painful diabetic neuropathy, phantom limb pain, postherpetic neuralgia, postmastectorny pain, trigeminal neuralgia, central neuropathic pain syndromes, central poststroke pain, multiple sclerosis pain, Parkinson disease pain, and spinal cord injury pain More particularly, the method is useful for treating inflammatory pain, osteoarthritis pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain
  • Neuropathic pain comprises various sub-types of neuropathic pain including, but not limited to, for example, peripheral neuropathic pain syndromes, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, complex regional pain syndrome, HIV sensory neuropathy, neuropathy secondary to tumor infiltration, painful diabetic neuropathy, phantom limb pain, postherpetic neuralgia, postrnastectomy pain, trigeminal neuralgia, central neuropathic pain syndromes, central poststroke pain, multiple sclerosis pain, Parkinson disease pain, and spinal cord injury pain.
  • peripheral neuropathic pain syndromes including, but not limited to, for example, peripheral neuropathic pain syndromes, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, complex regional pain syndrome, HIV sensory neuropathy, neuropathy secondary to tumor infiltration, painful diabetic neuropathy, phantom limb pain, postherpetic neuralgia, postrnastectomy pain, trigeminal neuralgia, central neuropathic pain syndromes, central poststroke pain, multiple sclerosis pain, Parkinson disease pain, and spinal cord injury pain.
  • Histamine H 4 receptor ligands and compositions comprising the same can be administered in accordance with a method of the invention, typically as part of a therapeutic regimen for treatment or prevention of conditions and disorders related to pain and modulated by histamine H 4 receptor activity
  • This aspect of the invention relates to the treatment of pain by the method of the use of the histamine H 4 ligands in combination with one or more therapeutic agents selected from histamine H 3 antagonists (such as ABT-239), NSAiDS (such as ibuprofen) including, COX-2 inhibitors (such as celecoxib), anti-nociceptive opiate agonists ⁇ such as morphine), anti-nociceptive alpha adrenergic agonists (such as dexmedetomidine), TRPV 1 antagonists, nicotinic agonists such as nicotinic agonists such as ABT-418 or (1 S,5S)-3-(5,6-dichloro-3-pyridinyl)-3,
  • the total daily dose of the compounds of this invention administered to a human or lower animal may range from about 5 to about 500 micromoles/kg of body weight
  • more preferable doses can be in the range of from about 30 to about 500 micromoles/kg body weight
  • the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration; consequently, single dose compositions may contain such amounts or submuitiples thereof to make up the daily dose.
  • Particularly preferred compounds for the method include, but are not limited to, 4-[2-amino-6-(4-methyl-piperaz!n-1-y!-pyrimidin-4-yl]- benzonitrile; 4- ⁇ 4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 5- chloro-1 H-indol-2-yl)-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methanone; 4-((R)-3-amino- pyrrolidin-i-yO- ⁇ J-dihydro- ⁇ H-benzof ⁇ Jlcycloheptati ⁇ -dlpyrimidin ⁇ -ylamine ⁇ - piperazin'i-yl-ej-clihydro-SH-benzot ⁇ Jjcydoheptati ⁇ -dJpyrimidin ⁇ -ylamine; and 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl) ⁇ 6,7-dihydro-5H-
  • More particularly preferred compounds include, but are not limited to, 4-[2- amino-6 ⁇ 4-methy!-pipera2in-1-yl)-pyrimidin ⁇ 4-yl3-benzonitri!e; 4-(4-Methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-6-pyridin-3-yi ⁇ pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 5-chloro-1H-indol-2-yl ⁇ - ⁇ 4- methyf-piperazi ⁇ -1-yl)-methanone; 4 ⁇ ((R) ⁇ 3-amino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cycIohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-piperazin-1-yl ⁇ 6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2 ⁇ d]py ⁇ midi ⁇ -2-ylami ⁇ e; and 4-(3-methy!amino
  • Example 1 (11 ,2 g, 49 mmol) was treated with 4-cyanophenylboronic acid
  • 5-Chloro-1 H-indol-2-yl)-(4--methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-metha ⁇ one is a compound of generic structure (II) with reported histamine H 4 receptor antagonist activity (see Jablonowski, et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2003) v. 46, pp. 3957-3960, and Thurmond, et aL Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (2004), voL 309, pp. 404-413.
  • This compound, also known as JNJ- 7777120, is commercially available from Sigma as catalog F J3770, Chemical Abstracts number 459168-41-3.
  • Example 4B The product from Example 4B (2.8g, 12 3 rnmoi) was suspended in CHzCl 2 (100 ml_), treated with TsCI (4.7 g, 24 6 mmoi), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (46 mg, 1.2 mmoi), and triethylamine (4.3 mL, 31 mmoi). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, diluted with CH2CI2, washed with H2O, dried (MgSCM ), concentrated and chromatographed on silica ge! eluting with EtOAc:Hexanes:CH 2 Cl 2 ( 15:45:45 ) to provide the title product (3 g) as a white solid.
  • Example 5 4-Piperazin-1 -yl-6,7-dihvdro-5H-benzo[6,71cvclohepta ⁇ ,2-dipyrirnidin-2-ylamine
  • the title compound was prepared using the procedures described in the Examples 4D and 4E substituting piperazine for (R)-tert-butyl pyrrolidin-3- ylcarbarnate.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then 2-(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine (2.9 g, 7.4 mmol) and triethylamine (4 mL) were added dropwise, keeping the reaction temperature below 5 0 C, The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then was quenched with 1 -Normal aqueous HCI and extracted with CH2CI2 The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , and concentrated to yield the crude title product that was used in the next step.
  • Additional compounds that are histamine H 4 receptor ligands are, for example: 4-tert-Butyl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidi ⁇ -2"ylamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-[4-(2-dimethyJamino-ethyi)-piperazin-1-yl]-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-tert-Butyl-N 4 -(2-dimethyiamino-ethyl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-Methyl-6- ⁇ 4-methy!-p ⁇ erazin ⁇ 1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine
  • Histamine H 4 receptors from mamma ⁇ an species have been cloned. Methods to done, express, and assess the potency and functional activity of such cloned genes are well known to those skilled in the art of molecular biology. Examples of methods of cloning and expressing histamine H 4 receptors, and of assessing the potency and functional activity are described in Nguyen, et a!. Molecular Pharmacology (2001 ) vol 59 pp 427-433; Zhu, et ai Molecular Pharmacology (2001 ) vol, 59 pp 434-441 ; Coge, et a!
  • histamine H 4 receptors were cloned and stably expressed in HEK-293 (human embryonic kidney) cells coexpressing a G ⁇ qi ⁇ , Before testing, cells are loaded with a Ca +2 sensitive fluorescent dye, in this case Fluo-4.
  • Histamine H 4 ligands of the invention block the ability of histamine to increase Ca +2 concentrations in cells, and have potencies between 4 and 1000 nM.
  • membranes were prepared from HEK-293 cel!s transiently transfected with the pCINeo expression vector harboring the histamine H 4 receptor by homogenization of the cells on ice in TE buffer (50 mM Tris-HCI buffer, pH 7.4, containing 5 rriM EDTA), 1 mM benzamidine, 2 ⁇ g/ml aprotinin, 1 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin, and 1 ⁇ g/ml pepstatin. The homogenate was centrifuged at 40,00Og for 20 minutes at 4 0 C, This step was repeated, and the resulting pellet was resuspended in TE buffer. Aliquots were frozen at -7O 0 C until needed.
  • Histamine H 4 ligands of the invention displace 3 H-htstamine, with potencies in competition binding assays with potencies between 0.002 and 6 micromoiar.
  • representative compounds of the invention demonstrated potencies in the above FLIPR assay from about 4 nM to about 38000 nM
  • Preferred compounds of the invention have potencies at histamine- ⁇ receptors from about 4 nM to about 200 nM.
  • More preferred compounds of the invention have potencies at histamine H4 receptors from about 4 nM to about 40 nM
  • H 4 antagonists One example of human disease which may be treated relates to a novel utility for H 4 antagonists, the treatment of pain
  • the utility of histamine H 4 receptor ligands to treat pain has not been reported, whether inflammatory pain, noninflammatory pain, or neuropathic pain.
  • This invention discloses the novel utility of the compounds of the invention to treat pain, including multiple types of pain, including inflammatory pain, non -inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain
  • Neuropathic pain is distinct from other types of pain (e g. inflammatory pain), and can develop in response to previous or ongoing tissue injury, nerve injury, or diabetes, but persists long after signs of the original injury or damage have disappeared Neuropathic pain is not well treated currently and therefore there is a strong need for methods to treat this particular type of pain.
  • the topic of neuropathic pain has been reviewed in the scientific literature, for example, Smith, et al. Drug Development Research (2001 ) vol. 54(3), pp. 140-153; Collins and Chessell Expert Opinion on Emerging Drugs (2005) vol. 10(1), pp, 95-108; Vinik and Mehrabyan Medical Clinics of North America (2004), vol. 88(4), pp.
  • the L5 and L6 spinal nerves of anesthetized rats were tightly ligated in a manner described previously (see Kim and Chung, Pain (1992) vol. 50 pp. 355- 363). An incision was made on the dorsai portion of the hip and the muscle was blunt-dissected to reveal the spinal processes. The L6 transverse process was removed, and the left side L5 and L6 spinal nerves were tightly ligated with 5.0 braided silk suture. The wound was cleaned, the membrane sewn with 4.0 dissolvable Vicryl suture and the skin closed with wound clips.
  • neuropathic pain is assessed as an increased sensitivity in the surgically affected (left) allodynic paw compared to the control paw on the right side, and measured by comparing the response of the (left side) allodynic paw to the response of the unaffected right side control paw.
  • mechanical allodynia in the affected paw of animals that had undergone spinal nerve ligation was evaluated using testing with von Frey filaments, As described previously by S R. Chaplan, et al ("Quantitative assessment of tactile allodynia in the rat paw" J. Neurosci. Meth.
  • the efficacy of the compound in reducing neuropathic pain at different doses is determined by comparing response in the surgery-affected paw versus the response in the control paw. This is expressed as the MPE (maximum percent effect), or 100 times the withdrawal threshold of the allodynic (left side) divided by the withdrawal threshold of the control (right side).
  • Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the mode! at doses of ranging about 30-500 micromoles/kg of body weight.
  • Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 100-500 micromoles/kg of body weight.
  • Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the mode! at doses of ranging about 30-500 micr ⁇ moles/kg of body weight
  • MIA sodium monoiodoacetate
  • GF hind limb grip force
  • MIA male Sprague Dawley, 325-35Og, tested at 20 days following MlA injection
  • Measurements of the peak hind limb grip force were conducted by recording the maximum compressive force (CFmax), in grams of force, exerted on a hind limb strain gauge setup, in a commercially available grip force measurement system (Columbus Instruments, Columbus, OH).
  • each rat was gently restrained by grasping it around its rib cage and then allowed to grasp the wire mesh frame attached to the strain gauge The experimenter then moved the animal in a rostral-to-caudal direction until the grip was broken.
  • Each rat was sequentially tested twice at approximately 2-3 min interval to obtain a raw mean grip force (CFmax).
  • This raw mean grip force data was in turn converted to a maximum hind ⁇ mb cumulative compressive force (CFmax), as the grams of force/kg of body weight, for each animal.
  • the hind limb grip force was conducted 20 days following the intra-articular injection of MIA.
  • a group of age- matched na ⁇ ve (not injected with MiA) animals was added as a comparator to the drug-dosed groups.
  • the vehicle control response for each group of MIA-treated animals was defined as the 0% response (0% effect), whereas the naive control group was defined as the normal response and as 100% effect.
  • Ail experiments evaluating drug effects in this model were conducted in a randomized blinded fashion.
  • the following table of representative histamine H 4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values:
  • Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 100-250 micromoles/kg of body weight
  • Carrageenan was injected into the test paw of the animal, and after 90 minutes, the test drug was administered by intraperitoneal dosing The effect on thermal hyperalgesia was assessed in a hotbox assay which was done 30 minutes after the intraperitoneal dosing of the test drug, and the MPE (maximal percent effect) reported by comparison to the control paw (not injected with carrageenan), according to 100 times the withdrawal latency of the carrageenan injected paw (in seconds) divided by the withdrawal latency of the control (not injected with carrageenan) paw.
  • Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 3-300 micromoles/kg of body weight.
  • a solution of Complete Freund's adjuvant 150 microliters of a 50% aqueous solution, Sigma Chemical Company, St Louis, MO was injected into the plantar surface of test paw of the animal (rat) Rats so injected develop a hyperalgesia to thermal stimulation which is assessed 48 hours after injection of the Complete Freund's adjuvant using a commercially available paw thermal stimulator (UARDG, Dept of Anesthesiology, Univ California at San Diego, La JoIIa, CA).
  • UARDG Dept of Anesthesiology, Univ California at San Diego, La JoIIa, CA.
  • rats were placed individually in a so-called 'hot box 1 (i.e. Plexiglass cubicles mounted on a glass surface) maintained at 30 0 C, and allowed a 30 minute habituation period.
  • a thermal stimulus in the form of radiant heat emitted from a focused projection bulb, was then applied to the plantar surface of each hind paw.
  • the stimulus current was maintained (e g, at 4,5 Amp) and the time of exposure set to limit the extent of possible tissue damage (e.g. maximum of 20 seconds exposure to thermal heating from the projection bulb).
  • the time (in seconds) for the withdrawal of the paw that was injected with the Complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) and subjected to the thermal stimulus was recorded, and this was compared to the time (in seconds) for withdrawal of the uninjected paw subjected to the same thermal stimulus
  • CFA Complete Freund's adjuvant
  • the paw injected with CFA develops a thermal hyperalgesia which is expressed as a shorter time (typically around 6 seconds) before paw withdrawal under thermal stimulus; uninjected paws do not show thermal hyperalgesia and have a normal withdraw time ⁇ typically around 10-12 seconds).
  • a vehicle e.g water or saline
  • Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the mode! at doses of ranging about 30-300 rnicromoles/kg of body weight
  • animals were tested in the acute mode! of adjuvant-induced hyperalgesia using Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA) as described above, but in this case, tactile ailodynia to a mechanical stimulus was measured using calibrated von Frey filaments (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL). Animals were prepared as described above: a solution of Complete Freund's adjuvant (150 microliters of a 50% aqueous solution, Sigma Chemical Company, St.
  • CFA Complete Freund's Adjuvant
  • Rats so injected develop a hyperalgesia to mechanical (touch) stimulation which is assessed 48 hours after injection of the Complete Freund's adjuvant.
  • Withdrawal threshold was determined by increasing and decreasing stimulus intensity, and estimated using the Dixon's up-down method (Dixon, Annual Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. (1980) vol. 20, pp 441-462; Chaplan et al. "Quantitative assessment of tactile ailodynia in the rat paw" J. Neuroscience Methods (1994) vol. 53 pp.
  • Rats were placed into inverted individual plastic containers (20 x 12.5 x 20 cm) on top of a suspended wire mesh with a 1 cm 2 grid to provide access to the ventral side of the hind paws, and acclimated to the test chambers for 20 min.
  • the von Frey filaments were presented perpendicularly to the plantar surface of the selected hind paw, and then held in this position for approximately 8 seconds with enough force to cause a slight bend in the filament.
  • Positive responses included an abrupt withdrawal of the hind paw from the stimulus, or flinching behavior immediately following removal of the stimulus. Withdrawal threshold was determined using an up-down procedure (Dixon, Annual Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. (1980) vol. 20, pp.
  • Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 30-100 micromoies/kg of body weight.
  • Compounds of the invention are histamine H 4 receptor ligands that modulate function of the histamine H 4 receptor by altering the activity of the receptor. They may be antagonists, inverse agonists, or partial agonists.. Preferrably the compounds are antagonists. More preferably the ligands are histamine H 4 receptor inverse agonists.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

This invention discloses histamine H4 receptor ligands for use in a method of treating pain

Description

A METHOD FOR PAIN TREATMENT
BACKGROUND QF THE INVENTION
Technical Field of the Invention
This invention relates to a method for pain treatment. The method more particularly relates to administering histamine H4 receptor ligands or compositions comprising the same for treating various forms of pain as further described herein
Description of Related Technology
Pain of various types and manifestations affects virtually all humans and animals In the clinic, pain is the one of the most serious significant medical issues in health care, and affects the widest group of patients A substantial number of medical disorders and conditions produce pain as part of the disorder or condition The condition of pain can refer to various forms of pain, for example, inflammatory pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain, among others. Some methods for treating pain are currently known Such methods typically involve the administration of a pharmaceutical agent that works through specific biological mechanisms to treat different pain states. However, significant drawbacks for available analgesic and antinociceptive agents exist. For example, selective and non-selective cyclooxygenase inhibitors have been associated with cardiovascular risks, gastric lesions, and bleeding side effects Opioids have been associated with addiction, abuse liability, respiratory depression, and constipation. Moreover, even given such drawbacks, many current agents are only able to provide a partial or measured degree of relief against some forms of pain
In particular, patients suffering from neuropathic pain are not well treated by any of the currently available drugs or by agents Neuropathic pain can develop in response to previous injury or ongoing tissue injury, nerve injury, or diabetes. It is distinct from other types of pain (e g. inflammatory pain) in that it persists long after signs of the original injury or damage have disappeared Neuropathic pain also is associated with allodynia, hyperalgesia, or causaigia
(Dworkin Clinical Journal of Pain (2002) vol. 18(6) pp. 343-9). Allodynia is the perception of pain following a stimulus that would not normally be painful. Hyperalgesia is an enhanced response to a mildly noxious stimulus. Causalgia is described as a chronic burning pain that shows persistence in the absence of obvious noxious stimuli. In addition to neuropathic pain, there are other types of pain that are not inflammatory or not due to ongoing inflammation, including osteoarthritis pain, cancer pain, viscera! pain.
Neuropathic pain is particularly difficult to treat and is not well treated with current therapies. The topic of neuropathic pain has been reviewed in the scientific literature, for example, Smith, et al Drug Development Research (2001 ) voL 54(3), pp. 140-153; Collins and Chessel! Expert Opinion on Emerging Drugs (2005) vol. 10(1 ), pp. 95-108; Vinik and Mehrabyan Medical Clinics of North America (2004), vol 88(4), pp 947-999; Dray, Urban, and Dickenson Trends in Pharmacological Sciences (1994) vol. 15(6) pp 190-7; Dworkin Clinical Journal of Pain (2002) vol. 18(6) pp. 343-9, As such, it would be particularly beneficial to identify new methods for treating pain and, more particularly, neuropathic pain It would be particularly beneficial if such methods are based on previously unexplored mechanisms for pain treatment that may offer improved pain relief or are less associated with side effects.
Histamine is understood to modulate a number of physiological activities, acting through specific histamine receptors (reviewed in Parsons and Ganellϊn, British Journal of Pharmacology (2006) 147, S127-S 135; Igaz and Hegyesi, in Histamine: Biology and Medical Aspects (2004), 89-96; Editor(s): A. Falus; Pub. S. Karger AG, Basel). Four histamine receptors have been identified to date as playing distinct physiological roles. These are the histamine Hi receptor, the histamine H2 receptor, the histamine H3 receptor, and the histamine H4 receptor. The histamine H4 receptor is the most recently identified histamine receptor and has been characterized as a distinct histamine receptor; it is found in a number of mammalian tissues and has been found to modulate a number of physiological processes, including immunological function.
The histamine H4 receptor (also alternately known herein as the H4 receptor) is a member of the 7-transmembrane G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) family, and is located on the cell surface membrane, where it binds to the endogenous molecuie histamine, and transduces signals that modulate specific cellular activities General aspects of the histamine H4 receptor, its pharmacology, and known ligands of the H4 receptor have been reviewed in de Esch, et al- (Trends in Pharmacological Science (2005), v. 26, pp. 462-469) The human histamine H4 receptor is distinct from other human histamine receptors, has low protein sequence homology with other human histamine receptors: 23% primary amino acid sequence identity with the histamine Hi receptor, 22% primary amino acid sequence identity with the histamine H2 receptor, and 31 % primary amino acid sequence identity with the histamine H3 receptor. The H4 receptor was reported by Nakamura, et al. (Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications (2000), v. 279, pp. 615-620), and was subsequently cloned by numerous research groups (e.g. Nakamura, ibid.; Coge, et al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications (2001) v, 284, pp. 301-309; Liu, et al. Molecular Pharmacology (2001 ) v 59, pp 420-426; Morse, et a! Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (2001 ), v 296, pp 1058-1066; Nguyen, et al. Molecular Pharmacology (2001 ), v 59, pp. 427-433; Zhu, et al Molecular Pharmacology, (2001 ), v. 59, pp. 434-441 ) For an overview of the early efforts on cloning and characterization of histamine H4 receptors see Hough, Molecular Pharmacology, (2001 ), v. 59, pp. 415-419
A search for H4 receptor cDNA by RTPCR (reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction) of cellular and tissue mRNA located H4 cDNA in various cells and tissues (Nakamura, ibid.) This has been confirmed in additional studies locating H4 cDNA in cells such as leukocytes, eosinophils, mast cells, dendritic cells, and basophils, (Nakamura, ibid ; de Esch, ibid.; Ling, et al, British Journal of Pharmacology (2004) 142, 161-171 ). Furthermore, H4 cDNA has been identified in several tissues, prominently bone marrow, spleen, lymph nodes, but also in heart, kidney, liver, lung, pancreas, skeletal muscle, leukocyte, prostate, small intestine, testis, and also in different brain regions ((Nakamura, ibid; de Esch, ibid; Coge, ibid).
Study of histamine H4 ligands in animal disease models, as well as in in vitro and ex vivo studies, have demonstrated that the histamine H4 receptor plays an important role in various physiological and pathophysiological processes. For example, in experiments with histamine H4 deficient (knock out) animals and cells and tissues from such histamine H4 deficient animals, the histamine H4 receptor has been demonstrated to play an important role in various physiological and pathophysiological processes. However, study of diseases and disorders where histamine H4 receptors have been found to play an important roie predominantly have been related to, for example, asthma, allergy, rheumatoid arthritis, and inflammation
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The invention provides a method of pain treatment comprising administering a histamine H4 receptor ligand, a salt, ester, or amide thereof, or a composition comprising such ligand, salt, ester, or amide The histamine H4 receptor ligands modulate or regulate the activity of histamine H4 receptors The ligands can demonstrate antagonist, inverse agonist, or partial agonist activity Antagonists are iigands that block receptor activation by an agonist. In the case of the histamine H4 receptor, a histamine H4 receptor antagonist blocks activation of the histamine H4 receptor by a histamine H4 receptor agonist such as the endogenous agonist iigand histamine. Inverse agonists are ligands that block receptor activation. More generally, they block intrinsic activation of a receptor that occurs in the absence of an activation by an agonist, and also block receptor activation by an agonist Partial agonists are ligands that bind to receptors but only partially activate the receptor; in so doing, partial agonists compete with full agonists and block full activation of the receptor In the case of the histamine H4 receptor, the endogenous agonist histamine is a full agonist, Preferably the iigands are histamine H4 receptor antagonists. More preferably the ligands are histamine H4 receptor inverse agonists
Histamine H4 receptor ligands of various structural classes have been identified and some are reviewed in Schwartz, Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents (2003) vol. 13, pp 851-865 Additional histamine H4 receptor ligands also are provided, and are considered within the scope of the invention
The various forms of pain that can be treated can include all types of pain Examples of pain for which the method can be carried out include, but are not limited to, for example, inflammatory pain, chemically induced pain, pain resulting from surgery, pain resulting from burns, pain resuiting from osteoarthritis, noninflammatory pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain.
This invention discloses the novel method of treating pain (including diverse types of pain, including inflammatory pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain) by administration of histamine H4 receptor ligands The utility of histamine H4 receptor ligands to treat neuropathic pain is novel This invention discloses the novel utility of histamine H4 receptor ligands to treat pain, including distinctly different types of pain, including inflammatory pain, chemically induced pain, pain resulting from surgery, pain resulting from bums, pain resulting from osteoarthritis, non-inflammatory pain, and to treat neuropathic pain. The method of the invention can demonstrate particular benefit in its effectiveness in treating osteoarthritis pain, post-surgical pain, and neuropathic pain.
These methods and further methods contemplated as part of the invention are further described herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Histamine H4, Receptor Ligands and Compositions Thereof
A number of histamine H4 receptor ligands are known. Such compounds have been demonstrated to modulate or regulate the activity of histamine H4 receptors The ligands can demonstrate antagonist, inverse agonist, or partial agonist activity. Antagonists are Sigands that block receptor activation by an agonist. In the case of the histamine H4 receptor, a histamine H4 receptor antagonist blocks activation of the histamine H4 receptor by a histamine H4 receptor agonist such as the endogenous agonist ϋgand histamine. Inverse agonists are ligands that block receptor activation. More generally, they block intrinsic receptor activation that occurs in the absence of an activation by an agonist, and they also act as antagonists, blocking receptor activation by an agonist Partial agonists are ligands that bind to receptors but only partially activate the receptor; in so doing, partial agonists compete with full agonists and block full activation of the receptor. In the case of the histamine H4 receptor, the endogenous agonist histamine is a full agonist Preferably the ligands are histamine H4 receptor antagonists. More preferably the ligands are histamine H4 receptor inverse agonists. Administering histamine H4 receptor ligands, or a salt, ester, or amide thereof, in accordance with the invention are useful for treating pain, and particularly inflammatory pain, osteoarthritis pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain. Histamine H4 receptor ligands of various structural classes have been identified and some are reviewed in Schwartz, Expert Opinion in Therapeutic Patents (2003) vol. 13, pp. 851-865. To date, examples of histamine H4 receptor ligands generally have a formula (I) - (Xl)
For example, some histamine H4 receptor ligands of formula (I).
Figure imgf000007_0001
(I) its tautomeric or stereoisomeric form, or a salt thereof. wherein R1 represents
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein n represents an integer of 1 , 2 or 3; p represents an integer of 0 or 1 ;
R4 represents hydrogen or C1-6alkyl optionally substituted by halogen, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, N-(Ci-6alkyl)amino, N(N-d!(Ci-6aiky!)amino, Ci^alkylthio,
Figure imgf000007_0003
or C3.ecycloalkyl; Rs and Re independently represent hydrogen or Ci^alkyl optionally substituted by halogen, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, N-(Ci-6alkyl) amino, N,N-di-(Ct- Balkyl)amino, Ci-6a!kylthio, Ci-eaikoxy, or C3-Scyctoalkyl; R2 represents hydrogen, halogen or d-ealkyl; and R3 represents aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said aryl and heteroaryl are optionally having one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, carboxy, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, C3.Bcyclo alky!, phenyl, Ct-ealkanoyl, amino, N-{Ci.6alkyl}amino, N-(Ci-Balkanoyl)amino, N (Ci-6aikylsulfonyl)amino, N-(phenylsulfonyl)amino, N-(C1-6alkoxycabonyi)amino, N- (aryl)amino, N-(aryl Ci-6alkyl)amino, N,N-di(Ci.6alky!)amino, Ci-6a!koxy-carbonyl, Ci-6aikylthio, aminocarbonyl, N-(Ci-6aikyi)aminocarbony!, N,N-di-(Ci.
6alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C^ealkylsulfonyl, suifamoyl, arylC1-6alkαxycarbonyl, C-|.6alkyl optionally substituted by cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, amino, N-{Ci-6a!kyi}-amino, N,N-di{Ci-6alky!)amino, Ci.salkylthio, Ci-5alkoxy, or mono-, di-, or tri- halogen, and Ci-6alkoxy optionally substituted by C3-8cycloalkyl, or mono-, di-, or tri- halogen have been described in WO2005/054239A1 , filed November 24, 2004, and WO2005/014556A1 , filed July 23, 2004, to Sato, et al., each of which is herein incorporated by reference, as is the genus of histamine H4 receptor antagonists described Such compounds may be prepared by the following general synthetic methods: Scheme 1
Figure imgf000008_0001
I RrH
J (5)
Figure imgf000008_0002
(6)
Compounds of formula (6), wherein Ri, R2 and R3 are defined in formula (I), can be made as described in Scheme 1 A keto-ester of formula ( 1 ) can be reacted with guanidine (2) or a salt of guanidine (2) in a solvent such as ethanol using a base such as sodium ethoxide to provide compounds of formula (3). Compounds of formula (3) can be reacted with a reagent such as POCI3, POBr3, or trifSic anhydride to provide compounds of formula (4) wherein Xi is a leaving group such as Cf, Br, or triflate, An intermediate of formula (4) can be reacted with a an amine of formula (5) wherein H is a proton on a nitrogen atom of the amine, to provide compounds of formula (6).
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000009_0001
(4) Compounds of formula (6), wherein R1, R2 and R3 are defined in formula (I), can also be made as described in Scheme 2. A pyrimidine of formula (7), wherein Xi is a leaving group such as chlorine or bromine, can be reacted with an amine of formula (5), wherein H is a hydrogen attached to a nitrogen atom of the amine, to provide compounds of formula (8). Compounds of formula (7), for example 2- amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine (CAS # 56-05-3 ), can be obtained from commercial sources or prepared by one skilled in the art. Alternatively, a compound of formula (8) can be reacted with an organometaliic reagent of formula (9), wherein L1 represents a metal such as tin, zinc, or boron . R3-L1 reagents include reagents such as a boronic acids of formula R3B(OH)2Or pinacolboranyl-R3, and an organostannanes such as (R3)SnBu3. The organometallic reagent (9) is reacted with a compound of formula (8) in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as Pd(Ph3P)4 and a base, such as Na2CO3, for example under the conditions such as used for the Suzuki reaction, the Stille reaction or the Negishi reaction, to provide compounds of formula (6). Alternatively, a compound of formula (7) can be reacted with a compound of formula (9), in a manner as described for the conversion of compounds of formula (8) to compounds of formula (6), to provide a compound of formula (4) Compound of formula (4) can be reacted with a compound (5), in a manner as described for the conversion of compounds of formula (7) to compounds of formula (8), to provide a compound of formula (6).
Examples of compounds of formula (!) include, but are not limited to, 5- ((4aR,7aR)-tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6(2H,7H,7aH)-y[)biphenyl-3-amine; 3-{naphthalen-1-yl)-5-((4aR,7aR)-tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin- 6{2H,7H,7aH)-yl)aniltne; 5-{(4aR,7aR}-tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin- 6(2H,7H,7aH)-yl)-3'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyi-3-amine; 3I T41-dich!oro-5-((4aR>7aR)- tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolot3,4-b]pyπdin-6(2H,7H,7aH)-y!)biphenyl-3-amine, 6-fluoro-5- ({4aR,7aR)-tetrahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b}pyridin-6{2H,7H,7aH)-yl)biphenyl-3-amine; 5'(1'methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-5{1 H)-yl)biphenyl-3-amine; 1-(5-arnino- 3'-chlorobipheny!-3-yl)-N-methylazetidin-3-amine; 1~(5-amino-3'-fluorobiphenyl-3- yi)-N~methylazetidin-3-amine; 1-(5-amino-2-fluorobiphenyl-3-y!)-N-methylazetidin- 3-amine; and 1-(5-aminobiphenyl-3-yi)-N-ethylazetidin-3-amine.
Other compounds that have been characterized as histamine H4 receptor ligands are compounds of structure (Ha) and (lib):
Figure imgf000010_0001
7
(Ha) and
M ,
Figure imgf000010_0002
(lib) wherein
Z is oxygen or sulfur; R7 is hydrogen or chosen from alkyl or cycioalkyl; the piperidine moiety is optionally substituted from one or more groups selected from alky!, cycloaikyl, CF3, or CH2OH;
A3 is a heterocyclic group selected from indol-2-y!, benzoimidazol-2-yl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzothiophen-2-yl, 4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrole-5-yS, 4H-furo[3,2- b]pyrrole-5-yf, 6H-thieno[2,3-b]pyrrole-5-yl, 6H-furot2,3-b]pyrroie-5-yl, benzo[d]oxazol-2-yi, or benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl;
A4 is a heterocyclic group selected from 3-oxo-3,4-dihydrσquinoxalin-2-yl, and S-oxo-S^-dihydropyridop.S-ypyrazin^-yi.S-thioxo-SAciihydroquinoxalin^-yt, 3-thioxo-3,4-dihydropyrtdo[3,2-b]pyrazin-2-yl, 3-imino-3,4~dihydroquinoxa!in-2-yl, or 3-ιmtno-3,4-dihydropyrido[3,2-b]pyrazin-2-yl; wherein the carbon atoms of A3 and A4 are optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alkyl, fluoroalkyf, cyanoalkyl, cycloaikyl, fluorocycloalkyl, cycioalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloaikyl, alkylfluorocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, O-aryl, O-heteroaryl, S-aryf, CONRBRΘ, NReCOalkyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, aikoxysulfonyl, alkylcarbonyl, aikylsulfonyl, aikynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkylthio, - NR8R9, -carbonyl(NR8Rg), -SO2 (NR3R9), and N(R8)SO2(R9); wherein R8 and R9 are each independently selected from hydrogen, afkyl, fiuoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cyanoalkyS, fluorocydoaikyl, cycloalkoxyalkyi, alkylcycloaikyl, alkylfluorocycloalkyl, aryi, heteroaryt, heterocycle, acyl, alkoxyalkyl, aikoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsutfonyl, amido, formyl, hydroxy, and hydroxyalkyl;
The following references describe histamine H4 receptor ligands that are a subset of formula (Ha), and provide general synthetic methods, as weil as specific examples of histamine H4 receptor ligands in the following LJ. S or International Patent Publications: US2004/0048878A1 , filed September 5, 2003, to Cai, et al ; US6803362B2, filed March 8, 2002, to Carruthers, et al ; US2003/0207893A1 , filed March 8, 2002, to Carruthers et al.; WO2004/022061A1 , filed September 5, 2003, to Dunford et al.; and WO2002/072548A2, filed March 8, 2002 to
Carruthers, et al , each of which is herein incorporated by reference The following reference describes histamine H4 receptor ligands that are a subset of formula (lib), and provide general synthetic methods, as wel! as specific examples of histamine H4 receptor iigands in the following U. S or international Patent Publications: US2005/0070527A1 , filed September 29, 2004, to Edwards and Venable; each publication of which is herein incorporated by reference
Compounds of formula (Ha) and (lib) may be prepared by the following general synthetic methods;
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000012_0001
Compounds of formula (12) and (13), wherein R7 and A3 are defined in formula (Ha), can be made as described in Scheme 3. An acid of formula (10) can be coupled with a piperazine of structure (1 1 ) using conventional methods of amide bond formation. For example, the carboxyl group of compound (10) may be activated as an active ester, acid chloride, anhydride, mixed anhydride, carbonic mixed anhydride or the like and treated with an amine of formula (1 1 ) to provide compounds of formula (12). For example, the compound of formula (10) may be converted to the corresponding active ester upon treatment with 1- hydroxybenzotraizole in the presence of a carbodiimide for example dicyciohexylcarbodiimide, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine. Acids of formula (10) can be obtained from commercial sources or prepared by one skilled in the art. Compounds of formula (12) can be treated with Lawesson's reagent in a solvent such as THF to provide compounds of formula
(13).
Compounds of formula (Mb) can be generated by reaction of 2,3-dihaSo substituted pyrido[3,2~b]pyrazines or 2,3-dihalo substituted quinoxalines with a suitably substituted piperazine, followed by treatment with ammonia, hydrogen sulfide or water to provide compounds of formula lib. 2,3-Dihalo substituted pyrido[3,2-bjpyrazines and 2,3-dihalo substituted quinoxalines can be generated by the halogenation of pyrido[3,2-b]pyrazine-2,3( 1 H,4H)-diones and quinoxaline- 2,3(1 H,4H)-diones, respectively, using reagents such as thionyl chloride, thionyl bromide or phospohorus oxychloride Pyrido[3,2-b]pyrazine-2,3(1 H,4H)-diones and quinoxalsne-2,3(1H,4H)-dtones can be generated by the reaction of pyridine- 2,3-diamines and benzene-1 ,2-diamines, respectively, with oxylate derivatives such as dimethyl oxylate, diethyl oxylate or oxalyl chloride
Examples of compounds of formula (Ha) include, but are not limited to, (5-chloro-1 H-indol-2-yl)(3,4-dimethylpiperazin-1-yl)methanone; (5- bromobenzofuran-2-yi)(4-methyipiperazin-1-yl)methanone; {1H-indoi-2-yl)(4- methylpiperazin-1-yl)methanethione; (7-methyl-1 H-indo!-2-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1- y!)methanone; (2,3-dtmethyl-4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrol-5-yl)(4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)methanone; (2-chloro-3-methyl-4H-thieno[3,2-b]pyrrol-5-yl)(4-methyipiperazin- 1 -yl)methanone; and (2,3-dichloro-4H-thieno[3,2-bjpyrrol~5-yl)(4-methylpiperazin- 1-yi)methanone
Examples of compounds of formula (lib) include, but are not limited to, 8- methyl-3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)quinoxalin-2(1 H)-one; 8-methyl-3-(ptperazin-1- yl)quinoxalin-2(1H)-one; 3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-6-(triftuoromethyi)quinoxalin- 2(1 H)-one; 7-chloro-6-fluoro-3-(4-methyipiperazin-1-yl)quinoxa!in-2(1 H)-one; and 6-chloro-7-fluoro-3-(4-methylpiperazin~1-y!)quinoxalin-2(1 H)-one
Compounds of formula (III) are histamine H4 receptor ligands and are described in US2006/0111416A1 , filed November 21 , 2005, to Lane and Price, the publication which is herein incorporated by reference. Compounds of formula
(HI):
Figure imgf000013_0001
(III)
wherein Ri Hs H or (Ci-C4) alkyl optionally substituted with a hydroxy;
X is N or C-Ri9 wherein R19 is H or methyl;
Y is O or NH;
Ri6 is H or methyi; and Riz, R13, Ru and R15 are each independently selected from H, halo, cyano, (C1- C4) alkyl, (Ci-C4)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, hydroxy, (CH2)r-C(O)O- Ri7, (CH2)rO-(CH2)p-Riø and (ChfeJrRiβi wherein p and r are both independently 0 or 1 , R17 is H or (CrC4)alkyl and Riβ is phenyl Compounds of formula (III) may be prepared by the following general synthetic methods:
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000014_0001
Compounds of formula (22) and (24), wherein R1 1, R12, R13, Ri4, R15, Ri6 and X are defined in formula (III) can be made as described in Scheme 4. Acids of formula (20) can be coupled with amines of formula (21 ) using conventional methods of amide bond formation. For example, the carboxyl group of compound (20) may be activated as an active ester, acid chloride, anhydride, mixed anhydride, carbonic mixed anhydride or the like and treated with an amine of formula (21) to provide compounds of formual (22). For example, the compound of formula (20) may be converted to the corresponding active ester upon treatment with 1 -hydroxybenzotraizole in the presence of a carbodiimide for example dicyclohexyicarbodiimide in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine. Acids of formula (20) can be obtained from commercial sources or prepared by one skilled in the art. Compounds of formula (22) can be treated with Lawesson's reagent in a solvent such as THF to provide compounds of formula (23). Compounds of formula (23) can be treated with an excess of ammonia or an ammonium equivalent in the presence of an activating reagent such as methyl iodide or mercuric acetate in a suitable solvent such as THF to provide compounds of formula (24)
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000015_0001
Compounds of formula (28), wherein Rn, R12, R13, Ri4, Ris and Ri6 and Y are defined in formula (III) can be made as described in Scheme 5 A diamine of structure (25) can be condensed with acetimidate (26) in a solvent such as acetic acid to provide benzirnidazoles of formula (27) Benzimidazoles of formula (27) can be treated with amines of formula (21 ) and a source of ammonia to provide compounds of formula (28).
Examples of compounds of formula (ill) include, but are not limited to, (5- fluoro- 1 H-benzo[d]imidazol-2~yl)(5-methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1 H)- yi)methanimine; (5,6-difluoro-1 H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)(5- methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c3pyrrol-2(1 H)-yl)methanimine; (6-fluoro-7-methyl-1H- benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)(5-methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1H)- yl)methanimine; (7-methyi-1 H-beπzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)(5- methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1 H)-yl)methanimine; (7-f!uoro-1 H-indol-2- yi)(5-methylhexahydropyrro!o[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1 H)-yi)methanone; and (5-chloro-1 H- indoi-2-yl)(5-methylhexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1 H)-y!)methanone- Compounds of structure (IV) are histamine H4 receptor ligands and are described in WO2006/050965A1 , filed November 11 , 2005, to Harris, et al , which publication is herein incorporated by reference
Figure imgf000016_0001
([V)
wherein
A' represents a fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring of 5 to 7 atoms, at least one of which is a nitrogen atom; B' represents aryl or heteroaryl ring of 5 to 6 atoms, wherein B' is optionally substituted with one up to three groups of formula R2s, where R25 represents independently. H, F, Cl, Br, I1 Ci^alkyl, C3-6-cycioaikyi, heterocycioaikyi, CM- alkoxy, C3-6cycloalkoxy, OH, OCF3, CF3, cyano, or NR26R27; R26 and R27 being independently H or Ci-4-alkyl; X' represents O1 NH, S, or CH2;
R21 represents H, or Ci-4-a!kyl;
R22 represents H, optionally substituted Ci^aikyl, optionally substituted C3^- cycloalkyl, or optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryi;
R23 and R24 represent independently H1 or C-i^-alky!; or R23 and R24 taken together may represent a C^-alkylene group; and corresponding N-oxides, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, metabolites and prodrugs of such compounds
Compounds of formula (IV) can be prepared by the following synthetic methods: Scheme 6
Figure imgf000017_0001
Compounds of formula (34), (36) and (37), wherein R2i, R22, R23, R24, A', B' and X' are defined in formula (IV) can be made as described in Scheme 6. Compounds of formula (31 ) can be prepared from compounds of formula (30), wherein R28 = C(-O)NH2, CN or C(=O)Oa!ky!, by reaction with a suitable condensing agent. Wherein R2a = H, suitable condensing agents include formic acid, formamide and triaikyl orthoformates,. Wherein R22 - alky! or cycloalkyl, suitable condensing agents include symmetrica! alky! anhydrides, alkyl amides, atkyl esters and alkyi nitriles. Wherein R22 - aryi or heteroaryl, suitable condensing agents include aryl acid chlorides, heteroaryl acid chlorides, aryi aldehydes and heteroaryl aryi aldehydes. An additional reagent such as HC! gas or POCI3 may be required in the conversion of compounds of formula (30) to compounds of (31). Compounds of formula (30) can be obtained from commerciai sources or prepared by one skilled in the art. Compounds of formula (32), wherein R29 = Cl or Br, can be prepared by the reaction of compounds of formula (31 ) with a suitable haiogenating reagent, such as POCI3 or POBra. Compounds of formula (34) can be prepared by the reaction of cyclic diamines of formula (33) with compounds of formula (32) in an inert solvent, usually with heating, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine, and optionally using a palladium catalyst such as a mixture of palladium bis(trifluoroacetate) and tri(tert- buty!)phosphine. Compounds of formula (36) can be prepared by the reaction of compounds of formula (32) with a substituted alkene of formula (35), wherein R30 is a suitable metal-containing group such as a boronate ester or a triaikyi or a triarylstannane, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium Compounds of formula (37) can be prepared by reduction of compounds of formula(36) using conditions such as catalytic hydrogenation
Examples of compounds of formula (IV) include, but are not limited to, 8- ch!oro-2-methyl-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-y!)benzofuro[3,2-d]pyrimidine; 8-chloro-4- (8-methyl-3t8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octan-3-yl)benzofuro[3,2-d jpyrimidine; 8-chloro-4- {1 -methyipyrroiidin-3-y!)benzofuro[3,2-d]pyrimidine; 8-chloro-4-(1-methy!pJperidin- 4-yi)benzofuro[3,2-d]pyrimidine, Other structural classes of compounds with reported histamine H4 receptor activity can be found among non-imidazole compounds (see Arienti, et al (US2005/0070550A1 ); Buzard, et al. (WO2005/092066A2)), and among imidazole-containing compounds found in Anthes, et al. WO2004/066960A1 ; and Burns, et al. (WO2005/014579A1). Such publications related to non-imidazole and imidazole-containing compounds are herein incorporated by reference.
Also suitable for the invention are compounds of formula (V).
Figure imgf000018_0001
(V) wherein: R31 is selected from H, -NH(aikyl), -NHOH, -NHOCH3, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyi, fluorocycloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cyano, and alkoxy;
R32. R33> R34, R35. R36. R40 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, aikyl, fluoroalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyi, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyaikyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylfluorocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, O-aryl, O-heteroaryl, S-aryl, CONR38R39< NR3BCOalkyl, acyl, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, alkoxysuifonyi, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsuifonyi, alkyny!, arnido, carboxy, cyano, fiuoroalkoxy, formyt, haloalkoxy, haioaikyl, haiogen, hydroxy, hydroxyaSky!, mercapto, nitro, alkyithio, - NR38R39, -carbonyl(NR38R39), -SO2 (NR38R39), and N(R38)SO2(RSg); R37 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, cyanoalky!, hydroxyaikyl, alkoxyalkyi, cycloalkyl, fluorocyctoalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, a Iky Icy do alky I, and alkylfluorocydoaikyl;
R33, and R39 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, fiuoroalkyi, cycloalkyl, cyanoalkyl, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloaSkyl, alkylfluorocycloalky!, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycle, acyl, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, aikylsulfonyl, amido, formyl, hydroxy, and hydroxyaikyl;
Ai is a group of structure
Figure imgf000019_0001
n is 1 , 2, or 3; m is 0, 1 , or 2; wherein each carbon atom of groups A^ may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alkyl, fiuoroalkyi, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyi, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylfluorocycloalkyi, fluorine, acyl, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, aikyicarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, ftuoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haioaikyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyaikyl, mercapto, nitro, and alkyithio; A2 is a phenyl ring of structure
Figure imgf000020_0001
or a hydrogen, iodine, heteraromatic group, heterocycle, -NR38R39. aikyl group, a group of structure Ai, an aromatic ring, a naphthyiene, wherein the carbon atoms of the group A2 may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alkyl, fluoroalkyl, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, fiuorocycloaikyl, cycSoalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloalky!, alkylfluorocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, O-aryl, O-heteroaryl, S-aryl, CONR38R39, NR3δCOalkyl, acy!, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, alkoxysulfonyl, alkyicarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkylthio, - NR3BR39, -carbony!(NR3eR39}, -SO2 {NR38R39), and
Figure imgf000020_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable, salt, ester, amide, or prodrug thereof.
Compounds of formula (V) can be prepared by the following synthetic methods.
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000020_0003
Compounds of formula (41 ), wherein R31, R4o, At and A2 have been defined in formula (V) can be prepared as described in Scheme 7, Alternatively, keto- esters of formula (42) can be reacted with a compound of formula (45), wherein (LG)i is a leaving group such fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, mesylate or trifiate, to provide compounds of formula (44). Alternatively, ketones of formula (46) can be reacted with a carbonate such as dimethyl carbonate, or a chloroformate such as ethyl chloroformate, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride to provide keto-esters of formula (44), wherein R = lower alkyl . Keto-esters of formula (44) can be treated with an amidate or guanidate of formula (47), such as guanidine nitrate, in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and heated in a solvent such as DMF to provide 4-hydroxy-pyrimidines of formula (48) 4-Hydroxy-pyrimidines of formula (48) can exist as shown in the structure in Scheme 7 or in a tautomeric form Pyrimidines of formula (48) can be treated with a chlorinating reagent such as POCI3, usually with heating, to provide pyrimidines of formula (49) wherein (LG)2 = Cl. A base such as EtaN or N1N- dimethylaniline in a solvent such as toluene, dioxane or chloroform may be required Pyrimidines of formula (49) can also be treated with a sulfonating reagent such as para-toiuensulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine and a solvent such as pyridine or chioroform to provide 2-amino- pyrtmidines of formula (49) wherein (LG)2 = 0-SO2-R', wherein R' is iower alkyl, lower fluoroalkyi or aryl. Pyrimidines of formula (49), wherein (LG)2 = C! or O- SOa-R', can be treated with amines of formula (50), wherein H is a hydrogen on a nitrogen atom, and heated, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or dϋsopropyethylamine, and optionally in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, toluene or acetonitriie, to provide compounds of formula (41 ) Compounds of formula (41 ) may contain a protecting group such as Boc that can be removed to provide compounds of formula (41).
Diamines of formula (50) may contain up to two different N-H groups. Diamines of formula (50) that contain two different N-H groups may selectively react with compounds of formula (49) to provide one isomer of formula (41 ), wherein only one of the two different N-H groups participated in the reaction. Alternatively, diamines of formula (50) that contain two different N-H groups may non-selectively react with compounds of formula (49) to provide two isomers of formula (41), wherein either of the two N-H groups participated in the reaction. Mixtures of isomers of compounds of formula (41) can be separated by methods known to those skilled in the art, such as chromatography and crystallization. Compounds of formula (41 ) may contain an N-R37 group on the cyclic amine of formula Ai as defined in formula (V). Compounds of formula (41 ), wherein one or more of the R37 groups of Ai is hydrogen, can be reacted with an appropriate reagent such as R37-(LG)3, wherein (LG)3 is a leaving group such as chlorine, bromine, iodine, mesylate, tosylate or triflate, to provide compounds of formula (1 ) wherein R37 is not hydrogen. Scheme 8
Figure imgf000022_0001
Compounds of formula (41 ), wherein R31, RAO, AI and A2 have been defined in formula (V) can be prepared as described in Scheme 8. Ketones of formula (46) can be reacted with carbon disulfide and iodomethane in the presence of a base such as NaH in a solvent such as THF to provide compounds of formula (52). Compounds of formula (52) can be treated with an amidate or guanidate of formula (47) to provide sulfides of formula (53), Sulfides of formula (53) can be treated with an oxidizing agent such as MCPBA or Oxone® to provide sulfones of formula (54). Sulfones of formula (54) can be treated with amines of formula (50) and heated, optionally in the presence of a base such as triethyl amine or diisopropyethyiamine, and optionally in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, acetonitrtle or toluene, to provide compounds of formula (41 ).
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000023_0001
(61 )
Compounds of formula (41 ), wherein R31, R4o. A1 and A2 have been defined in formula (V) can be prepared as described in Scheme 9. Diesters of formuia (55), wherein R is lower alkyi, can be alkylated or arylated with a reagent of formula (45), wherein (LG)i is a leaving group such fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, mesylate or triflate, to provide diesters of formuia (56). Alternatively, diesters of formula (57), wherein R is lower alkyl and (LG)4 is chlorine or bromine, can be reacted with reagents of formula (63), wherein H is a hydrogen on an oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, in the presence of a base, to provide diesters of formula (56). Diesters of formula (56) can be treated with an amidate or guanidate of formula (47), such as guanidine nitrate, in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and heated in a solvent such as DMF to provide 4,6- dshydroxy-pyrimidines of formula (58). Pyrimidines of formula (58) can be treated with a chlorinating reagent such as POCl3 or PCt5, usually with heating, to provide pyrimidines of formula (59) wherein (LG)s = Cl. A base such as Et3N or dimethylaniline in a solvent such as toluene, dioxane or chloroform may be required. Pyrimidines of formula (58) can also be treated with a sulfonating reagent such as para-toiuensuifonyi chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine and a solvent such as pyridine or chloroform to provide 2-amino- pyrimidines of formula (59) wherein (LG)5 - O-SO2-R', wherein R' is lower alkyl, lower fluoroalkyi or aryl. Pyrimidines of formula (59), wherein (LG)5 = Cl or OSO2- R1, can be treated with amines of formula (50), wherein H is a hydrogen on a nitrogen atom, and heated, optionaily in the presence of a base such as triethyiamine or diisopropyethyiamine, and optionally in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, toluene or acetonitrile, to provide compounds of formula (60). Compounds of formula (60) can be treated with a reagent of general formula (62). Reagents of formula (62) include, but are not limited to organoborane reagents, wherein Z" is a borate or boronic acid, and organostannyl reagents, wherein Z" is SnR"3 and wherein R" is lower alkyi Reactions between borates and stannanes of formula (62) can be carried out under conditions of the Suzuki or Stille reaction, in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and a base such as sodium carbonate and in a solvent such as 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, ethanol or toluene Reagents of formula (62) also include, but are not limited to alcohols, phenols, sulfides, amines, amides, sulfonamides and heterocycles wherein Z" is a hydrogen on an oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom Reactions between amines of formula (62) wherein Z" is a hydrogen on a nitrogen can be carried out using conditions such as heating in a solvent such as 2-methoxyethane in the presence of a base such as Hunig's base at a temperature between 90 and 150 0C. Reactions between hetereocycles and less reactive amines, such as anilines, of formula (62) wherein Z" is a hydrogen on a nitrogen can also be carried out using a catalyst such as copper iodide under the conditions of the Ullrnann reaction in the presence of a base such as K2CO3 in a solvent such as DMF, or by using a catalyst such as tris(dibenzy!ideneacetone)dipalladium(0) in a solvent such as toluene using a base such as potassium tert-butoxide.
Compounds of formula (60), wherein (LG)s - Cl and R3t = NH2, can heated with sodium iodide in 57% hydroiodic acid to provide compounds of formula (60), wherein (LG)s = iodine and R31 = NH2- Compounds of formula (60), wherein (LG)s = iodine, are more reactive than compounds of formula (60), wherein (LG)s = Cl and can be used in the above reactions to provide compounds of formula (V) Alternatively, compounds of formula (59) can be reacted with a reagent of formula (62) using conditions described above to provide compounds of formula (61 ) Compounds of formula (61 ) can be reacted with amines of formula (50) using conditions described above Examples of compounds of formula (V) include, but are not limited to, A- tert-Butyl-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-[4-(2- dimethylamino-ethyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-pyrimidin~2-ylamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-[4-(3- dimethylamino-propyI)-piperazin-1-yl]-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-Chlorα-6~(4-methyJ- piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-tert-Butyf-N4~(2-dimethylamino-ethyi)- pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 64ert-Butyl-N4-(2-dimethylamino-ethyS)-N4~rnethyl- pyrimidine-2,4-diarniπe; 6-tert-Butyi-N4-(3-dimethy!amino-propyl)-N4-methyl- pyrimidine-2,4-diarnine; 4-iert-Butyl-6-(4-methyl-piperidin-1-yI)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 4-tert-Buty!-6-(4~ethy!-piperazin- 1 ~yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-Methyl-6-(4- methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-Meihoxy-6-(4-rτιethyl-piperazin-1-y!)- pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diarnine; 4,6-Bis- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyπmidin-2-yfamine; 4-tert-Buty!-6-(2-dimethy!amino- ethoxy)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-Adamantan-1-yl-6-(4-methyS-piperazin-1-yl)- pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-phenyl-pyrimidin-2-ylamiπe; A- (4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-6-p-to!yl- pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-m-tolyl-pyrimidin-2--ylamine; 4- (4-Methyi-piperazin-1-y!)-6-o-tolyf-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-(4- methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-yIamine; 4-(3~Methoxy-phenyl)-6-(4-rnethyS- piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-(2-Methoxy-phenyi)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1- yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4~(4-Chloro-phenyi)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin- 2-ylamine; 4-(3"Chloro-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yO-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4- Biphenyi-4-y!-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-6-naphthalen-2"yl-pyrimtdin-2-y!amine; 4-(4-Methy!-piperazin-1 -yl)- 6-naphtha!en- 1 -yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-pyridin-4-yJ- pyrimidin-2~ylamine; 4-Biphenyl-3-y!-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 4"Biphenyl-2-yl-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-tert- Butyl-6-(1 -methyl-1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yf)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-tert-Butyl- 6-( 1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2"ylamine; 4-tert-Butyi-6-(1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydro- pyridin-4-yl)-pyrim!din-2-ylam(ne; 2'-Methoxy-6-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yi)- [4,5']bipyrimidiπyl-2-y!amine; 5-[2-Amtno-6-(4-methy!-piperaziπ-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4- yl]-1 -methyl- 1 H-pyridin-2-one; 4-(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-6-(4-methyl-pipera2!n~1- yl)-pyrimidin-2-ytamine; 6-(4-Methy!-piperazin-1-yi)-[4,51]bipyrimidinyl-2-ylamine; 4-(6-Fluoro~pyridin-3-y!)-6-(4~methyi-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4- Methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-( 1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazo!-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(2,6- Dif!uoro-pyridin-3-yl)-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 5-[2-Amino- 6-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl}-pyrimidin-4-yS]-nicotinonitrile; 4-{2,6-Dimethoxy- phenyl)-6-(4-methyi-piperazin- 1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methoxy-pyridin-3- yl )-6-(4-methyl-piperazirv 1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin- 1 -yi)-6- pyrrolidin- 1-yl-pyrimidin-2~ylamine; 4-!odo-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 4-(4-Methyi-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-phenyl-imidazol-1-yS)-pyrirnidin-2- ylamtne; 1~[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4~y!]-imidazo!idin-2-one; 4-(1 -Methyl-1 ,2,3,64etrahydro-pyridin~4-y!)-6-pyrro!idin-1 -yl~pyrimid!n-2-ylamine; 4-(1-Methy!-piperidin-4-yi)-6-pyrro!idin-1-yl-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-(2,7-Diaza- spiro[3.5]non-7-yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 5-Methyl-4-(4-methyi-piperazin~1-y!)- pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-[2-Arnino-5-rnethyl-6-(4-methyt-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4- yi]-benzonitri!e; 5-Methoxy-4~(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin~2-yiamine; 4-(4- Methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-5-phenyl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-[2-Amino-5-methoxy-6-(4- methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-4-yl3"benzonitrile; 4-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)~5-phenyl-pyrimidtn-4-yi]-benzonitrile; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1 -yi)-6- (2-methylsulfanyl-pheny!)-pyrimidin-2"ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl~piperazir>1~yl)-6-(4- methytsulfanyl-phenyl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 3-[2-Amino-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1- yl)-pyrimidirι-4-yl]-1,5,5-trimethyl-imidazolidine-2,4-dione; 1-[2-Amino-6-{4-methyt- piperazin-1-yl)"pyrirnidin-4-y!]-3-methyl-imidazo!idin-2-one; 1-[2-Amino-6-(4- rnethy!-piperazirι-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yi]-3-methyl-1 ,3-dihydro-beπzoimidazo!-2-one; 1-[2-Amino-6~{4-methyl-piperazirι-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-1 ,3-dihydro-benzoimtdazoS~ 2-one; 6-(4-Methy!-piperazin-1 -y!)-N4-phenyl-pyrimidine-2,4-diamiπe; N4-Methyi- 6-(4-methyt-piperazin-1-yl)-N4-phenyl~pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 4-(4~Methyl- piperazin- 1 -yS}-6-morphoiin-4-yl-pyrimidin-2~ylamiπe; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1 -y!)-6- piperidin-1 -yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4~(3-Dimethylamino-pyrrotidin-1 -yi)-6-(4-methy!- piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)"6-piperazin-1-yl- pyrimidin-2-ylamine; {(S)-1-[2-Amino-6-(4~methyl-piperazin-1 -yi)-pyrimidin~4-yl]- pyrrolidin-2-yl}-methanol; 1-t2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -y!)-pyrimidin-4-yl]- pyrro!idin-3~ol; 4-(4-Methyl--piperazin-1-yl)-6-(2-methyl-pyrroiidin-1 ~yl)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; N4-Methy!-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -y!}-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; N4.N4- Diethyl-6-(4-methyl~piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; N4,N4-DimethyI-6~{4- methyl-piperazin-1 -yi)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; N4-Benzyl-N4-methyl-6-{4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 4-[2-Amino-6-(4~methyl-piperazin-1-yl)- pyrimidin-4-yl]~!midazo!e-1 -sulfonic acid diethylamide; 3-[2-Amino-6~(4-methyi~ piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-4-y!]-benzonitrile; 2-[2-Amino-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yi)- pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzonitrile; 4-(4-Methyi-piperazin-1-yl)-6-{1 H-pyrazol-4-yi)- pyrimidiπ-2-ylamine; 4-(1 H-lmidazoi-4-yi)-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yi)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 4-(1 -Methyt-1 H"imidazol-4-y!)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine, 4-[2-Amino-6-((3aR,6aS)-5-methyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2-yi)- pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzonitriie; 4-Piperazin-1-yl-6-pyridin-3-y]-pyrimidin-2-ylamine, A- (2-Amino-6-piperazin- 1 -yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzonitrile; 2-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl- piperazin-1 "y!)-pyrimidin-4-yi]-phenoS; 4-[2"Amino-6-{4-cyclopropy!methyl- piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-4-yi]-benzonitrile; [(S)-I -(2-Amino6-piperazin- 1-yi- pyrimidin-4-yl)-pyrroiidin-2-yl]-methano!; 4-(6~Methoxy-pyridin-3-yi)-6-piperazin-1 - yl-pyrirnidin-2-ylamiπe; 4-(3-lodo-phenyI)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 4-(4-!odo-phenyl)-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4~tert- Butyl"2-methoxy-6-(4-methyl~piperazin-1 ~yl)-pyrimidine; 4-tert-Butyi-6-piperidin-4- yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(2,6-Dimethyi-pyndin-3-yl)-6-(4-methyi-piperazin~ 1 -yl)- pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrazoI'4-yl)-6-(4-iTiethyl-piperazin-1-yl)- pyrirnidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-6-(1 ,3,5-trirnethyl-l H-pyrazol-4- yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-(2-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)- pyrimidtn~2-y!amsne; 4-lmidazol-1 -yl-6-{4-methyI-piperazin-1-yi)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; N4-Azetidin-3-yl-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 1-[2-Amino-6-(4-methy!- piperazin-1-yi)'pyrimidin-4-yi]-1 H-pyridin-2-one; 4-(4-Chloro-imidazol-1-yl)-6-(4- methyl-piperazin-1 -y!)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; {1-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyt-piperazin-1 - yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]'1 H-imidazol-4-yl}-methanol; 4-Chloro-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1- yl)"pyrimidine-2,5-diamine; 4-Chlorα-5-meihyl-6-(4-methyl-piperazir>1 -yl)- pyrimidiπ-2~ylamine; 4-(4~Methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidine-2,5-diamine; 4-
Benzoimidazol"1-yt-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidiπ-2-ylamine; 2-[2-Amino-6- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylj-2H-pyridazin-3-one; N4-Benzyl-6-(4- methyt-piperazin-1-y[)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; and 4-Piperazin~1 -yl-pyrimidir>2- ylamine.
Compounds of formula (Vl) are histamine H4 receptor ltgands Compounds of formula (Vl)
Figure imgf000028_0001
(Vl)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable, salt, ester, amide, or prodrug thereof, wherein:
G1 is selected from oxygen, sulfur, S(O), S(O)2, NR4s and alkylene; G2 is selected from oxygen, sulfur, S(O), S(O)2, NR48, and alkylene wherein each carbon of the alkylene and methylene groups of Gi and G2 may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from aikyl, fluoroaikyi, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcydoalkyl, alkylfluorocycioalkyl, fluorine, acyi, acyloxy, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyi, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkylthio, and oxo; provided that when G1 is oxygen, sulfur, S(O), S(O)2 or NR481 G2 is alkyfene; provided that when G2 is oxygen, sulfur, S(O), S(O)2, or NR48 Gi is alkylene;
R1 is selected from H, NH2, -NH(acyl), -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, -NH(C=O)aryl,
-NH-alkylene(NR48R49), -NH(C=O)-aikyiene(NR48R49), -NR48(C=O)NR48R49, -NH- alkylene-heteroaryl, -NHOH, -NHOCH3, -O-alkylene(NR48R49), alkyl, piperazine, fluoroaikyi, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, fluorocycioalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy,
Figure imgf000028_0002
-(C=O)-N H-alkylene(NR48R49), and alkoxy;
R42, R43, R44, R45, are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, fluoroaikyi, cyanoalkyl, cycloalkyl, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylfluorocycfoalkyl, aryi, heteroaryl, heterocycJe, O-aryl, O-heteroaryi, S-aryl, CONR48R49, NR48COaikyl, NR4β(C=O)Oalkyl, acyi, acyioxy, alkeny!, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbαnyl, aikoxyimino, alkoxysulfonyl, afkylcarbonyl, alkylsuifonyl, alkyny!, amido, carboxy, cyano, fiuoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloaikyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkyithio, - NR48R49, -carbony!(NR4eR4g)> -SO2 {NR48R4g), and N(R48)SO2(R49);
R43 and R44 taken together with the carbon atoms to which each is attached form a ring, wherein R43 and R44 taken together are -CH2CHaCHs-, -CH2CH2CH2CH2-, or -CH2OCH2-;
R46 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, fluoroaikyt, cyanoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, fiuorocycloaikyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloaSkyi, and alkylfiuorocycioalkyl;
R47 is selected from fiuoroalkyl, hydroxyalkyS, alkoxyalkyi, fiuorocycloaikyl, and alkylfSuorocycloaikyl;
R48 and R49 each are each independently selected from hydrogen, alky!, fiuoroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cyanoalkyl, fiuorocycloaikyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, alkylcycloalkyi, alkylfiuorocycioalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, acyi, ajkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyi, amido, formyi, hydroxy, and hydroxyalkyl;
A5 is a group of structure A7 or Ag;
wherein A7 is selected from
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
and A8 is sefected from
Figure imgf000030_0002
Figure imgf000031_0001
1Y1 1Y21 1Y3 1Y4 wherein G3 is O1 S, S(O), S(O)2; n is 1 , 2, or 3; m is 0, 1 , or 2; wherein each carbon atom of groups A5 may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from alky!, fSuoroalkyi, cyanoalkyl, cycloaikyi, fluorocycloalkyl, cycloalkoxyalkyl, aikylcycloalkyl, alkylfiuorocycloalkyl, fluorine, acyl, acyloxy, alkeny!, aikoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aikoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyi, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyi, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyaikyl, mercapto, nitro, alkyithio; provided that when Gi is CH2 and G2 is selected from CH2, CH2CH2, oxygen or sulfur and Ri Is selected from NH2, NHalkyi, or alkyl, then A5 is not a group of structure K; and further provided that when Gi is CH2CH2 and G2 is CH2 and Ri is selected from NH2, NHalkyi, or aikyl, then A5 is not a group of structure K.
Compounds of formula (Vl) can be prepared by the following synthetic methods:
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000031_0002
Compounds of formula (77), wherein R41, R«, R43. R44, R45, A5, Gi and G2 are defined in formula (Vl) may be prepared as outlined in Scheme 10. Ketones of formula (71 ), which are obtained either from commercial sources or synthesized through the methods outlined herein, when treated with sodium hydride, followed by treatment with either a carbonate such as dimethyl carbonate, or a chloroformate such as ethyl chloroformate, will provide keto-ester containing compounds of formula (72), wherein R = lower alkyi Compounds of formula (72) when treated with a compound of formula (73), such as guanidine nitrate, in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate under heated conditions in a solvent such as DMF will provide compounds of formula (74). Compounds of formula (74) can exist as shown In the structure in Scheme 10 or in a tautomeric form. Compounds of formula (74) when treated with a chlorinating reagent such as, but not limited to, POCI3, with or without heating as needed, will provide compounds of formula (75), wherein (LG)5 = Cl Alternatively, compounds of formula (74) may also be treated with reagents such as para-toluensuifonyl chloride, methylsulfonyl chloride or trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as pyridine or chloroform to provide compounds of formula (75) wherein (LG)5 = 0-SO2-R', wherein R' is lower alky!, lower fluoroalkyl or aryl. Compounds of formula (75), wherein (LG )s ~ C! or -O-SO2-R', when treated with compounds of formula (76), wherein (76) contains a primary or secondary nitrogen atom and H is a hydrogen atom on said nitrogen atom, under heated conditions in the presence or absence of a base such as triethylamine or dϋsopropyethylamine, in a solvent such as ethanol, 2-methoxyethanoI, toluene or acetonitrile, will provide compounds of formula (77)
Compounds of formula (77) wherein R41 = H and R42, R43, R44, R45, G^ and G2 are defined in formula (Vl) may be prepared by treating a compound of formula (72) with thiourea with heating in the presence of a base such as sodium methoxide in a solvent such as methanol, followed by reduction of the resulting product using a reagent such as Raney nickel to provide compounds of formula (74) wherein R4i = H. Compounds of formula (74) wherein R41 = H can be treated according to the method above to provide compounds of formula (77) wherein R41 = H.
Compounds of formula (77), may be further treated according to conditions known to one skilled in the art to alter functional groups contained with in the compound, for example, the removal of a protecting group such as Boc or hydrolysis of an ester group that will generate compounds of the present invention or used within the scope of other schemes described herein
Compounds of formula {76} that contain two different nitrogen atoms may selectively react with compounds of formula (75) to provide one isomer of formula (77) Such selectivity may be the result of substitution or protecting groups attached to one of the nitrogen atoms. Alternatively, compounds of formula (76) that contain two different N-H groups may react with compounds of formula (75) in a non-selective manner wherein a mixture of two different compounds of formula (77) are obtained from the reaction Mixtures of compounds of formula (77) are generally separated by methods known to one skilled in the art, such as silica based column chromatography and/or selective recrystallization
Compounds of formula (77) generated through the methods outlined in Scheme 10, may contain a Br, I or -O-Tf functional group in one of the positions represented by R42, R43, R44 or R45 These functional groups may be utilized as a site for introducing a carbon or nitrogen atom containing substituent at that position. Such reactions are known to one skilled in the art. For example, compounds of formula (77), containing a Br, I or OTf functional group in one of the positions represented by R42, R43, R44 or R45 when treated with an aryl or heteroaryl boronic acids or boronic esters according to the conditions known to one skilied in the art as the Suzuki reaction will provide compounds wherein the Br1 I or O-Tf has been replaced by an aryi or heteroaryl group. Alternatively, using the Stilie coupling reaction, compounds of formula (77) wherein one of R42, R43, R44 or R45Js Br, I or O-Tf, when treated with a vinyl, aryl or heteroaryl stannanes will provide compounds wherein the Br, I or O-Tf has been replaced by the vinyl, aryl or heteroaryl group. Alternatively, compounds of formula (77) wherein one of R42, R43, R44 or R45 is Br, I or O-Tf, when treated with amines, heterocycSes or heteroaryls containing an NH group will provide compounds of wherein the Br, I or O-Tf has been replaced by the amine, heterocycle or heteroaryl group. Procedures and condition describing these transformations may be found in the following references. J. Hartwig et al , Aπgew. Chem, Iπt Ed. 37.2046-2067 (1998); J P, Wolfe et al , Ace. Chem. Res , 13:805-818 (1998); M. Sugahara et al , Chem Pharm Bull., 45:719-721 (1997); J P. Wolfe et al., J Org.Chem , 65:1 158-1 174, (2000); F. Y. Kwong et al., Org. Lett., 4:581-584, (2002); A. Klapars et ai , J. Amer Chem. Soc , 123.7727-7729 (2001 ); B H Yang et a!., J. Organomet Chem , 576:125-146 (1999); A Kiyαmori et al., Tet Lett , 40:2657- 2640 (1999); and Hartwig, J. Org. Chem , 64(15).5575-5580 (1999) Alternatively, compounds of formula (77) wherein one of R42, FUa, R44 or R45 is Br, I or OTf, may be subjected to conditions commonly known as the Heck and Sonogashira reaction, to introduce an alkene or alkyne group at the site of the Br, I or O-Tf moiety
Scheme 1 1
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0002
Compounds of formula (77), which are representative of compounds of general formula (Vl) wherein R41, R42, R43, R44, R45, A5, Gi and G2 are as defined in formula (Vl), may be prepared as outlined in Scheme 1 1 Compounds of formula (85), wherein R is lower alkyl or benzyl as obtained from commercial sources of prepared by one skilled in the art, when treated with either sodium, lithium or potassium hydroxide in a mixture of aqueous alcohol such as aqueous methanol or ethanol wiil provide compounds of formula (86), Compounds of formula (86) when heated in the presence of an acid such as polyphosphoric acid or heated in the presence of P2O5 (phosphorus pentoxide), will provide compounds of formula (71 ). Alternatively, compounds of formula (86) when treated with thionyl chloride under heated conditions will provide compounds of formula (87). Compounds of formula (87) when heated in the presence of a Lewis acid such as aluminum trichloride in a solvent such as toluene or carbon disulfide will provide compounds of formula (71 ). The compounds of formula (71 ) can be treated according to the methods outlined in Scheme 10 to provide compounds of formula (77).
Scheme 12
Scheme 10
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000035_0002
Compounds of formula (77), which are representative of compounds of genera! formula (V!) wherein RH, R42, R43, R44, R45 and Asare defined in formula (Vl), Gf is alkylene, and G2 = O, S, NR48 or NRa, Ra is hydrogen, alkyl or a nitrogen protecting group such as Boc, alkylsutfonyl, arylsuSfony! or phosphate, may be prepared as outlined in Scheme 12. Compounds of formula (89), wherein G2 = O, S, NR48 or NRa, wherein R3 is hydrogen, alkyl or a nitrogen protecting group such as Boc, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl or phosphate, when treated with an ester of formula (90) wherein R is lower alkyl, Gi is alkylene, and wherein (LG )e is chloro, bromo, iodo or methanesulfonyl, in the presence of a base such as K2CO3, Et3N or sodium hydride, in a solvent such as acetone, CH2CI2 or THF, will provide compounds of formula (85). Compounds of formula (85) when heated in the presence of an acid such as polyphosphoric acid or heated in the presence of P2O5, or subjected to conditions such as described in Scheme 11 can be cyclized to provide compounds of formula (71 ), Compounds of formula (71 ) when processed as outlined in Scheme 10 will provide compounds of formula (57), which are representative of compounds of general formula (Vl).
Scheme 13
Figure imgf000035_0003
Compounds of formula (77), which are representative of compounds of the present invention wherein R4i, R42, R43, R44, R45 and A5 have been defined in formula (Vl), wherein Gj is alkylene, and wherein G2 = O, S, NR4B or NRa, wherein Ra is hydrogen, alkyi or a nitrogen protecting group such as Boc, alkylsulfonyl, aryisulfonyl or phosphate, may be prepared as outlined in Scheme 13
Compounds of formula (91 ), wherein R is lower alkyl, G2 = O, S, NR48 or NR3, wherein Ra is hydrogen, alky! or a nitrogen protecting group such as Boc, aikylsulfonyl, aryisulfonyl or phosphate, when treated with a compound of formula (90) wherein Gi is C1.5 alkylene, R is lower aikyl, and wherein (LG)6 is a leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo or methanesulfonyl, in the presence of a base such as K2CO3, EhH or sodium hydride, in a solvent such as acetone, CH2CI2, DMF or THF, will provide compounds of formula (92). Compounds of formula (92) when treated with a base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as THF will provide compounds of formula (72). Compounds of formula (72) when treated as outlined in Scheme 10 will provide compounds of formula (77), which are representative of compounds of formula (V!) wherein Gt is aikylene and G2 is O1 S, NR48 or NRa.
Preferred examples of compounds of formula (Vl) include, but are not limited to 6-methyl-4-[(3R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidiπ-1-yl3-5,6-dihydro- benzo[h]quinazolin~2-ylamine; 6-methyl-4-(3-methylamino-azetidtn-1 -yi)-5,6- dihydro-beπzo[h]quinazo!in~2-yiamine; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidiπ-1~yl)~6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-methyi-4-piperazin- 1-yl-5,6-dihydro-benzo[h3quinazolin-2-ylamiπe; 4-(3-(R)-methylamino-pyrroJidin-1- yl)-6,7-d!hydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-piperazin-1- yl-6,7-dihydro-5H~benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[ 1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 1 -(3- methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-10H-9-oxa-2,4-diaza-phenanthren-3-ylamine; 1-(3-(R)- methylamino-pyrro!idin-1 -yl)-10H-9-oxa-2,4-diaza-phenanthren-3-ylamtne; 1 - ptperazin-1-y!-10H-9-oxa-2,4-diaza-phenanthren-3-ylamine; 10-fluoro-4-(3-(R)- methylamino-pyrrolidin-i-yO-ΘJ-dihydro-SH-benzo^Jjcycloheptafi ^-dlpyrimidin- 2-ylamine;10-fluoro-4-(3~methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrirnidin-2-ylamine; 10-fiuoro-4-piperazin-1-yl-6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[ 1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-[{3S)-3- methylamino-pyrrolidin-i-ylj-ΘJ-dihydro-δH-benzofβ.yjcycfohθptafi^-dJpyrimidin- 2-yfamiπe; 4-((3aR, 6aR)-1 -methy!-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrroI"5-yl)-6,7- dihydro-δH-benzoIΘJlcycIoheptati ^-dlpyπmidin^-ylamine; 4-((3R)-3-amino- pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin'2-y!amine; 4- ((1S,4S)-2,5-diaza-bicyc!o[2,2.13hept-2-yl)-6,7"dihydro-5H- benzo[6»7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(3-piperidin-1-yl-pyrrolidin-1-yI)- 6,7'dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1,2-d]pyrim)din-2-ylamine; 4-((3aRf 6aR)- hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H"benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-piperazin-1 -yl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a(c]cycloocten-2-yiamine; 4-piperazin-1-yl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1 ,3- diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyctononen-2-ylamine; 4-(hexahydro-pyrro!o[3,4-c]pyrro!~2"yl)" 6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cycloheptaf1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-(3-(R)- methy!amino-pyrrolidin-1 -yi)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzota,c]cyclononen-2-ylamine; 4-((R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9- tetrahydro-5H- 1 ,3-diaza-dibenzofa,cjcyclononen-2-ylamine; 4-{(S)-3-amino- pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyclononen-2-ylarnine; 4-(3-methy!arnino-azetidin-1-yl)-6,718,9-tetrahydro-5H-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzota.clcydononen^-ylamine^'ttSaS.βaSJ-hexahydro-pyrroloISΛ-bjpyrroi-i- yi)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyclononen-2-ylamine; 4-((1 S, 4S)-2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2 2 1]hept-2-yS)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzofa,c]cyclononen-2-ylamine; 4-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yi)-5,6-dihydro-7-oxa- 1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyclohepten-2-y!amine; 4-piperazin-1 -yf~5,6-dihydro-7~oxa- 1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyclohepten-2-yiamine; 4-((R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1- yl)-5,6-dihydro-7-oxa~1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyc!ohepten-2-yiamine; 4-(3- methylamino-azetidin-1-yi)-5,6-dihydro-7"Oxa-1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyciohepten- 2-yiamine; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1 -yl)-5,6-dihydro-7-thia-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a,c]cyciohepteπ-2-y!arnine; 4-(3-(R)-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5,6- dihydro^-thia-I .S-diaza-dibenzota.cjcyciohepten^-ylamine; 4-{3-(R)-amino- pyrrolidiπ-i-yO-δ.β-dihydro^-thia-I .S-diaza-dibenzofa.cJcyclohepteπ^-ylamine; 4- piperazin-i-yl-δ.β-dihydro^-thia-i ^-diaza-dibenzofa.cjcydohepten^-ylamine; A- (3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)"7-oxo-6,7-dihydro-5H-7λ4-thia-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a,c]cydohepten-2-ylamine; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-7t7-dioxo-6,7- dihydro-δH-Tλθ-thia-i^-diaza-dibenzoEa.cJcydohepten^-ylamine^-tS-tR)- methyJamino-pyrFolidin-1~yi)-5,6-dihydrO"benzo[h]quinazolin-2-ylamine; 4-(3- methylamino-azetidin-1-yi)-5,6-dihydro-benzo[h]qufnazolin-2-ylamiπe; 4-piperazin- 1 -yl-5,6-dihydro-benzo[h]quinazoIiπ-2-ylamine; 10-chioro-4-[(3R)-3- {methyiamino)pyrro!idin-1-yl]-5,6-dihydro[1]benzoxepino[5,4-d]pyrimidin-2-amine; 10-methyl-4-[(3R)-3-(methylamino)pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-5,6-dihydro[ 1 ]benzoxepino[5,4- d]pyrimidin-2-amine; 10-rnethoxy-4-[(3R)-3-(methy!amino)pyrrolid!n-1-y!]-5,6- dihydro[1]benzoxepiπo[5,4-cflpyrimidin-2-amine; 9-chioro-4-[(3R)-3- (methylamino)pyrrolidin-1-y!]~5,6-dihydro[1]benzoxepino[5,4~of]pyπmidin-2-amine; 9-methyl-4-[(3f?)-3-(methylamino)pyrrolidiπ-1 -yl3-5,6-dihydroE1]benzoxepino[5,4- tf]pyrimidiri-2-amine; 9-methoxy-4-[{3R)-3-(methylarnino)pyrroiidin-1 -ylj-5,6- dihydro[1]benzoxepino[5,4-c/]pyrimidin-2-amine; 8-ch!oro-4-[(3R)-3- (methylamino)pyrrolidin-1-y!]~5,6-dihydro[1]benzoxepino[5,4-cf]pyrimidin-2-arnine; 8-methyl-4-((R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5,6-dihydro-7-oxa-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a,c]cyclohepten-2-yiamine; 8-methoxy-4-[(3R)~3-(rnethyiamino)pyrrolidin- 1-yi]-5,6-dihydro[1]benzoxepino[5,4-c/]pyrimidin-2-amine; 4-[(3R)-3- (methyiaminojpyrrolidin-i-yO-S.ΘJ.δ-tetrahydrobenzoty.δlcyclooctati ^- cOpyrimidin-2-amine; 4-[(3R)-3-aminopyrrolidin-1-yt]-5,6,7,8- tetrahydrobenzo[7,8]cycloocta[1 ,2-cf]pyrimidin-2-amine; 4-[(3S)-3-aminopyrro!idin- 1 -ylj-S.BJ.e-tetrahydrobenzofy.BJcyclooctat 1 ,2-cfjpyrimidiπ-2-amine; 4-(3- aminoazetidin-i-yO-δ.θ.T.δ-tetrahydrobenzo^.δlcydooctati ^-cripyrimJdin^- amine; 4-[(3aRt6aR)-hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-jb]pyrrol-1 (2H)»yl]-5,6,7r8- tetrahydrobenzo[7,8]cyc!oocta[1 t2-cf3pyπmidin-2-amine; 4-octahydro-6/-/- pyrro!o[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yl-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2'C(]pyrimidin-2- amine; 4-(2,8-diazaspiro[4.5]dec-8-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,73cyclohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-amine; 4-{1 ,5-diazocan-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d3pyrimidin-2-amtne; 4-(4-arninopiperidin-1-yl)-6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyGiohepta[ 1 ,2~d]pyrimidin-2-amine; Λ/4-(2-azetidin-2- ylethyO-ej-dihydro-SH-benzotejJcycloheptali ^-odpynmidine^^-diamine; Λ/4- ^Ri-azetidin^-ylmethyll-ej-dihydro-δH-benzotθJjcycloheptati ^-cflpyrimidine- 2,4-diamine; A^-(I -methySpsperidin-4-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cycloheptat1 ,2- cf]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; ^-[(IR.δSϊ-β-methyl-δ-azabicyclop 2 1]oct-3-yl]-6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[ 1 ,2-d]pyrtmidine-2,4-diamine; 4-(5-rnethyl-1 A- diazepan-i-yO-β^-dihydro-δH-benzoEejjcycloheptati ^-oOpyrimidin^-amine; A- {i -methyt-piperidin-ΦyloxyJ-ΘJ-dihydro-δH-benzofθJlcycloheptafi ^-dlpyrimidin- 2-yiamine; 4-(1-methyl-piperidin-3-yloxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-((R)-1-methyi-pyrrolidin-3- yloxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-djpyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-((S)-1 - methyi-pyrroϋdin-S-yloxyJ-ej-dihydro-SH-benzotejJcycloheptafi ^-djpyrimidin^- yiamine; 4-(ptperidin-4-yloxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H~benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-({S)-pyrroiidin-3~yloxy)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)~6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyπmidin-2-ylamine; 4-(1 ,9-diaza- spirotS.Sjundec-θ-yiVΘJ-dihydro-δH-benzoEΘJlcycloheptati ^-dJpyrimidin^- ylarnine; 4-((R)-3-dimethylamino-pyrro!idirι-1-yl)-6,7-d!hydrθ"5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pynmidin-2-ylarnine; 4-(2,6diaza-spiro[3.5]non-2-yl)~ 6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(2,5-diaza- spiro[3.5]non-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[ 1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2- yiamine; 4-(octahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-2-yt)-6,7-dihydro-5H- beπzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d3pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-{octahydro-pyrrolo[1 ,2- a]pyrazin-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrinnidin-2-ylamine; A- (3,6-diaza-bicyclo[3.2 1 ]oct-6-yi)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[ 1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-(2,6-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ^-djpyrimidin^-ylamine; N-(4-piperazin-1-y!-6,7-dihydro- 5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 t2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)-acetamide; N-{4-piperazin-1 -yl-6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[ 1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-y!)-benzamide; 4-(5-methyl- octahydro-pyιτoloi;3,4-c]pyridin-2~yt)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(3-methyl-3,6-diaza-bicycio[3.2- 1 joct-6-yl)-6,7-d!hydro- 5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2"d]pyrimidin-2~ytamine; 2-Dimethyiamino-N-{4- piperazin-1-yi-6(7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cydohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-y!)- acetamide; 2-rnethyIamiπo-N-(4-piperazin-1 -yl~6,7-dihydro-5H- benzofβ.TJcycloheptaEI ^-djpyrimidin^-yO-acetamide; 2-Aminθ"N-(4-piperazin-1- yl-βJ-dihydro-SH-benzofθJjcydoheptalt
Figure imgf000039_0001
1-methyl- 3-{4-piperazin- 1 -yl-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)- urea; 4-Amino-N-{4-piperazin-1 -yl-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-yl}-butyramide; 6-(2-pyridiπ-3-ylmethylamino-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzot6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)octahydro-1 H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridine; 3- amino-N-t^piperazin-i-yl-ej-dihydro-SH-benzoCδJjcycloheptaπ.S-dlpyrimidin^- yl)-prapionamide; 4-[1 ,4,7]triazoπan-1 -yl-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyctohepta[1 ,2--d]pyπιnidin-2-ylamine; N,N~dimethyl-N'-(4-piperazin-1 - yl-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyciohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-y!)-ethane- 1 ,2-diamine; 4-(octahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yl)-5,6-dihydro-7-thia-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a,c]cyclohepten-2-yiamine; 4-((R)-3-methylamino-pyrro!idin-1-y!)- 6,7,9, 10111 , 12-hexahydro-5H~ 1 ,3-diaza-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-b]naphthaien-2- ylamine; 4-(octahydro-pyrro!o[3,4-b]pyridin»6~yl)-6,7,9, 10, 1 1 ,12-hexahydro-5H- 1 ,3-diaza-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-b]naphthaien-2-yfamine; 4-piperazin-1-y!- 6,7,9, 10, 1 1 , 12-hexahydro-5H-1 ,3-diaza-benzo[3,4]cyclohepta[1 ,2-b]naphthalen-2- yiamine; 9-iodo-4-((R)-3-methylamiπo-pyrro!idiπ~1-yl)-5,6-dihydro-7-oxa-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a,c]cyc!ohepten-2-yiarrsine; 9-iodo-4-piperazin-1-yl-5,6-dihydro-7-oxa-1 ,3- diaza-d!benzo[a,c]cyclohepten~2-ylamine; 9-iodo-4-octahydro-pyrrolo[3,4- b]pyridin-6-yl-5,6~dihydro-7-oxa-1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyGlohepten-2"ylam!ne; 2,4- di-piperazin-1-yl-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidine; 2-amino- 4-octahydro-pyrrolot3,4-b]pyridin"6-yl-5,6-dihydrθ"7-σxa-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a,c]cyc!ohepteπe-9-carbonitrile; 4~ootahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yl-9- phenyf-5,6-dihydro-7-oxa-1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyc!ohepten-2"yiarnine; 4- octahydro-pyrrolotS^-bjpyridin-e-yl-θ-pyridin-S-yi-S.e-dihydro^-oxa-I .S-diaza- dibenzo[a,c3cyc!ohepten-2-y)amine; 4-((R)-3-methylarnino-pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-6,7- dihydro-S-thia-I .S-diaza-dibenzota.cJcyclohepten^-ylamine; 2-amino-4-octahydro- pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yi-5,6-dihydro-7-oxa-1 ,3~diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cyc!oheptene-9- carboxySic acid methyl ester; 4-ptperazin-1-yl~6,7-dthydro-5-thia-1 ,3-diaza- dibenzo[a,c]cyciohepterι-2-ylamine; 4'(octahydro-pyrroio[3,4-b]pyridin-6-y!)-6,7- dihydro-5-thia-1 ,3-diaza-dibenzo[a,c]cydohepten-2-ylamine; 4-((R}-3- methylarnino-pyrrolidin~1 -yl)-5,5-dioxo-6,7-dihydro-5H-5λ,6-thia- 1 ,3-diaza- dibenzota.cJcyclobepten^-ylamine^-ftRJ-S-methylamino-pyrrolidin-i-ylJ-S-oxo- βJ-dihydro-δ-thia-I .S-diaza-dibenzoEa.cJcyciohepten^-yJamine; N4-(3~piperidin-1- yl-propyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 4- (4-dimethyfamiπo-piperidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta|l,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 10-fluoro-4-octahydro-6H-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yS-6,7- dihydro-SH-benzofejjcycloheptaf i^-djpyrimidin^-amine^-fi ^jdiazepan-i -yl- 6,7~dihydro~5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrirnidin-2~ylamine; { 1 R,5S)-4-(3,6- Diaza-bicyclo[3.2.0]hept-6~yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cycloheptat1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-piperazin-1-yI-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2- djpyrimidine; (3aS,6aS)-4-(Hexahydro-pyrro!o[3,4-b]pyrrol-1 -yl)"6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-djpyrirnidin~2~ylamine; ( 1 S,5S)-4-(3,6-Diaza- bicyclo[3 2 0]hept-3-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2- yiamine; N^piperidin-S-yi-δJ-dihydro-SH-benzotθJlcycloheptaCI ^-dlpyrimidine- 2,4-diamine; N4-(octahydro-isoindol-4-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[ 1 ,2-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; methyl-(4-piperazin- 1 -yl-6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyc!ohepta[1 ,2-d]pyπmidiπ-2-yl)-amine; 4-{3-{R)- methylamino-pyrrolidin-1 -yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[ 1 ,2- d]pyrimidine; [1-(6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo|6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)- azetidin-3-yl]-amiπe; 8,10-dimethy!-4-piperazin-1-yl-6,7~dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyπmidin-2-ylamine; 6-(2-(1 H-imidazol-4- yOethylarnino-δJ-dihydro-δH-benzoteJlcycloheptati ^-dlpyrimidin^- yl)octahydro-1 H-pyrro!o[3,4-b]pyridine; (2-amino-4-piperazin-1-yl-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-10-y!)-methy!-carbannic acid methyl ester; 10-N-methyl-4-piperazin-1 -yl-6,7-dihydro-5H~beπzo[6,7]cyciohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrirnidine-2, 10-diamine; {2amino-4-octahydro-pyrroloE3,4-b]pyridin-6-yf-6,7- dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-10-yl)-methyi-carbamic acid methyl ester; 10-N-methyl-4-[(4aR,7aR)-octahydro~6H~pyrro!o[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yl]- 6,7-dihydrθ'5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidine-2,10-diamine; N-{2-amino- 4-piperazin-1 -y!-6,7~dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyπmidin-11 -yl)- acetamide; 4-(octahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridin-6-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyctohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester; 4-
(octahydro-pyrrolop^-blpyridin-θ-ylJ-ΘJ-dihydro-SH-benzoie^lcycloheptaπ ^- d]pyrimidine-2-carboxylic acid.
Particularly preferred examples of compounds of formula (Vl) include, but are not limited to 4-((R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-piperazin-1 -y!-6t7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; and 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1- yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine. Compounds of formula (VII) are histamine H4 receptor ligands and are described in EP 1767537A1 , filed September 21 , 2005, to Dyke, et a!., and in WO2007/090852, filed February 7, 2007, to Reid, et a!., and in WO2007/090853, filed August 16, 2007, to Reid, et al., and in WO2007/090854, filed August 16, 2007, to Reid, et aL, which publications are herein incorporated by reference
Compounds of formula:
Figure imgf000042_0001
(VII)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, or metabolite thereof, wherein:
A6 represents heterocyciyi, preferably azetidinyl or pyrrolidinyl, having at least one nitrogen ring atom, which nitrogen is attached to the pyrimidine ring in formula (VII) and wherein A6 is substituted with -NR51R52, Rs5and is optionally substituted with one or more other substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1.4 alkyl; F, Cl, Br, C3.6 cycloalkyl, OH, and OCM alkyl, wherein each C1-4 atkyi, C3^6 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen; R50 represents H, CM alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein each Ci-4 alky!, C3-6 cycloaSkyl, is optionaily substituted with one or more halogen or R50 represents - NR55R57 wherein R56 and R57 are independently H, -C(O)CH3, -SO2CH3, Cu alkyl, £3-6 cycloalkyl, wherein each CM alkyl, C3.6 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen;
R51 and R52 are independently H, Ci-4 alkyl or C3-6 cycloalkyl; wherein each Ci-4 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen and C3-6 cycloalkyl and wherein each C3-e cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen; Optionally R51, R52 jointly form together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to a heterocyclyl ring;
R53 and R54 are independently H, F, Cl, Br, CN1 C1^ aikyi, OH, OC1-4 alkyl, C(O)OH, C(O)OCM alkyl, C(O)NH2, C(O)NHCM alkyl, C(0)N(CM alkyl)2 wherein each C1-4 alkyi is optionally substituted with one or more halogen. R55 is selected from the group consisting of H, CM alkyl; F, Cl1 Br, C3-5 cycioaikyl, OH, and OC1-4 alkyl, wherein each C 1.4 alkyl, C3-6 cycioaikyl is optionally substituted with one or more halogen; or optionally R55 form together with R52 (- R55-R52-) a -C1-4 alkyl- group
Examples of compounds of formula (VIi) include, but are not limited to N-
[(R1S)- 1-(8-chloro-2-methylbenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4-y!)'pyrrolidin-3-yl] N- methySamine; N-[(R,S)-1-(8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)-pyrrolidin- 3-yl] N-methytamine; [(R1S)- 1-(8-chloro-2-methyibenzo[4t5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4- yl)pyrrolidin-3-y!]-dimethylamine; N-[(R)-1~(8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)pyrroiidin-3-yl] N-methy!amine; N-[(S)-1-(8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrro!idin-3-yi) N-methylamine; N-[1-(8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl)azetidin-3-yl] amine; N-[1"(8-ch!orobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin- 4-yl)azetidin-3-yl] N-methylamine; N-[ 1 -(8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimtdin-4~ yi)azetidin-3-yl] N,N-dimethylamine; [(R)-1-(2-amino-8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]- pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl] N-methylarnine; [(S)-I -(2-amino-8- chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]-pyπmidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl] N-methylamine; [1-(2- ethylamino-8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]-pyrimidin-4-yl)azetidin-3-yl3 N- ethylamine; 4-((R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1 -y!)-benzo[4,5]furo[3(2-d]pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 8-methyl-4-((R)-3-methylarnino-pyrro!idin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 8-f!uoro-4-((R)-3-methyiamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)- benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin'2-ylamine; 8-bromo-4-((R)-3-methylamino- pyrroiidin- 1 -yi)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 7-chloro-4-((R)-3- methylarτiino-pyrrotidtn-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; N-[1-(2- amino-8-chlorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)azetidin-3-yl] N-rnethylamine; A- (3-methylamino-azetidin- 1 -y!)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 8-bromo- 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-y!)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 8- methyl-4~(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
8-fluoro-4-(3-methyiamino-azetidin-1 -yi)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 8-methoxy-4-((R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2- y!amine; 4-((R)-3-methy!amino-pyrrolidin-1-yi)-8-trifluoromethoxy- benzα[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 9-fluoro-4-((R)-3-rnethylamino-pyrrolidin- 1-yl)-benzo[4t5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin~2-y!amine; 9-methy!-4-((R)-3~methyiarnino~ pyrroiidin-i-yO-benzo^^furotS^-dtøyrimidin^-ylamine; 9-rnethoxy-4-((R)-3- methyiamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 7-methyi-4~ {{R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin- 1 -yi)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 7- methoxy-4-{(R)-3-methylamino-pyrroiidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2- yiamine; 4-((R)-3-methyiamino-pyrrolidin-1-y!)-7-trif!uoromethyi~benzo[4,5]furof3,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 7-methoxy-4-{(R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1 "yl)- benzo[4,5]furo[312-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-chloro-4-({R)-3-methylamino- pyrro!idin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimid!n-2-ySamine; 6-methyf-4-((R)-3- methy]amino-pyrrotidin-1-yl}-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-methoxy- 4-({R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin- 1 ~yl)-benzo[4,5]furot3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 8- methoxy-4-(3-methylamino-azetidin~1 -yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-8-tnf!uoromethoxy-benzo[4l5]furo[3,2- d]pyrirnidin-2-ylamine; 9-fluoro-4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ytamine; 9-methy!-4-(3-methy!annino-azetidiπ-1~yl)- beπzo[4,53furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 9-methoxy-4-(3-methylamino-azetidiπ-1- yi)'benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyπmidin-2-ylamine; 7-methyi-4-(3-methylamino-azetidin- 1-yi)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamtπe; 7-methoxy-4-(3-methylamino- azetidin- 1 -yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidiπ-2-ylarnine; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin- 1 -yl)-7-trif!uoromethyl-beπzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-chloro-4-(3- methy!amino-azetidin-1-yl)-benzot4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyπmidin-2-ylamine; 6-methyl-4- {3-methylamiπo-azetidin- 1 -yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6- methoxy-4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yi)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2- ylamiπe; β-chloro^-tS^cyclopropylmethyl-aminoJ-pyrrolidiπ-i -y!)- beπzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamiπe; 8-chloro-4-((R)-3-dimethylamino- pyrro!idin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3t2-d]pyrimtdin-2-ylamine; 4-((R)-3-amino-pyrroiidin- 1 -yl)-8-chloro-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidiπ-2-ylamine; 8-chloro-4-(4- methylamino-piperidiπ-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamiπe; 4-{4-amino- piperidin-1 -yl) -8-chloro-benzo[4,5]furoE3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(3-amino- azetidiπ-1-yl)-8-chtoro-benzor4,5]furo[3,2-djpyrimidtπ-2-ylamiπe; [8~ch!oro-4-((R)- 3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrirnidin-2-yl]-methy!-amine; [8-ch!oro-4-((R)-3-methyiaminO"pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin~2- yl]-dimethyl-amine; N-[8-chloro-4-((R)-3-methylarnino-pyrro!idin-1-yi)- benzo^.δlfurotS^-dlpyrimidin^-ylj-acetamide; N-[8-chloro-4-((R)-3-methylamino- pyrrolidin- 1 -y!)-benzo[4,5]furot3,2-d]pyrimidin-2~yl]-methanesulfonamide; [8- chlora-4-((R)-3-methyIamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-ben2o[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yt]- cyclopropyl-amine; [8-chloro-4-((R)-3-methyiamino-pyrroiidin-1-yl)- benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl]-methyl-amine; [8-chloro-4-((R)-3-methylamino- pyrrolidin-1-y!)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl]-dimethyl-amine; N~[8-chSoro-4- (3"methylamino-azettdin-1-yl)-benzot4,5]furo[3l2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl]-acetamide; N- [8-chloro-4-(3-methylarnino-azetidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d3pyrimidin-2-yi]- methanesulfonamide; [8-ch!oro-4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)- benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrirnidin-2-yl]-cyclopropyi-amine; [(R)-I -(2-arnino-8- chSorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)pyrrolidin-3-yl] N-methylamine; 4-({R)-3- methylamino-pyrro!idin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamiπe; 8-methyl-4- ((R)-3-methylaminO"pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 8- f!uoro-4-{(R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1 -yi)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 8-bromo-4-((R)-3-methylamino-pyrrolidin-1-y!)-benzo[4,53furot3,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylarnine; 7-chloro-4-{(R)-3-methyiamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)- benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidiπ-2-ylarnine; 8-methoxy-4-((R)-3-methylamiπo- pyrrolidin-i-yO-benzo^.SjfurotS^-djpyrimidin^-ylamine; 8-ch!oro-4-[3- (cyclopropylmethyl-aminoVpyrrolidin-i-ytj-benzo^.SlfuroCS^-dlpyrimidin^- ylarnine; 8-chloro-4-((R)-3-dimethylamino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-((R)-3-amiπo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-8-Ghloro-benzo[4t5]furo[3,2~ d]pyrimidin-2~ylamine; N-[1-(2-ethylamino-8-chiorobenzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]-pyrimidin- 4-yl)azetidin-3-yl] N-methylamsne; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-8-chloro- benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2~ylamiπe; [8-chloro-4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1- yi)-benzo[4,53furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl] methylamtne; and [8-chloro-4-(3- methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)-benzo[4,5]furo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-2-yl] dimethyiamine.
Compounds of formulae (VIlI) and (IX) are histamine H4 receptor ligands and are described in US2005/0070550A1 , filed September 29, 2004, to Arienti, et aL, which publication is herein incorporated by reference. Compounds of formulae
Figure imgf000046_0001
(VII!)
Figure imgf000046_0002
(IX)
wherein:
W is N or CR62; X" is N or CH;
Y' is O, NR67, or CR67R6Sl
Z' is N or CR6Θ; n" is 0, 1 , or 2; each of R6g is, independently from other substituent assignments, H, Chalky!, C2- 5alkenyl, C2.5a!kynyl, C3-6cycioalkyl,
Figure imgf000046_0003
-C1. 4alkylsulfonyl, -OCfrβcycloalkyl, -OCH2Ph, cyano, -CF3, F, C1 , Br, I, nitro, -OCF3, SCF3, -ORC, -SRC, S{O)RC , -SO2RC, -C(O)RC, phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl, C(O)NRaRb, -C(O)OR0, -NRaRb, -CH2NRaRb or -CH2OR0; wherein each of Ra, Rb and Rc is, independently from other substituent assignments, selected from H, Ci^alkyl, C3^cycloaikyl, phenyl, (C3-6cycloalkyl)Ci-2alkyK benzy! and phenethyl, or Ra and Rb taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring HetCyd , wherein said ring HetCyd has 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms selected from O , S, >NH and >NCi.salkyi, and wherein any phenyl, phenethyl, benzyl, alkyl or cycloaikyi moiety in any of said R69, Ra, Rb, Rc, and said ring HetCyd is optionally, and independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from Chalky!, halo, hydroxy, amino, and Ci-aalkoxy; each of Reo-62 is, independently from other substituent assignments, H1 C-walkyl, F, Cl1 Br, I, CF3, -OCF3, -ORC, SRC , S(O)R0 , -SO2RC, C^alkoxy, cyano, nitro, - C(O)NRaRb, -C(O)phenyl, -C(O)C1-6a!kyl, S(O)CMalkyl, or SO2CMalkyl; or, R60 and Rei for a compound of formula (VIII) taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cyclic structure Cyc1 selected from aryl, heteroaryi, 5- or 6-membered carbocycie, and 5- or 6-membered heteracycle with 1 or 2 heteroatoms, wherein said cyclic structure Cyd is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from Ci-3alkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and Ci-3aikoxy; or, Rei and R62 for a compound of formula (IX) taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cyclic structure Cyc2 selected from aryl, heteroaryi, 5- or 6- membered carbocycie, and 5- or 6-membered heteracycle with 1 or 2 heteroatoms. wherein said cyclic structure Cyc2 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from Ci- salkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and Cj-3aikoxy; R63 is H, Ci.6alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, or OH; each of RB4 and Rεs is, independently from other substituent assignments, H or Cv ealkyl, or R64 and R6s taken together form a 5-6 membered cyclic structure Cyc3, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc3 is a 5- or 6-membered carbocycie or a 5- or 6- membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 heteroatoms, and wherein said cyclic structure Cyc3 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, I 1 or 2 substituents selected from Ci-3alkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and Ci^alkoxy; R66 is H, CMaikyl; each of R67 and Res is, independently from other substituent assignments, H or C1. 4alkyl; or, when Y' is CR67R68. Rer and R68 taken together with the carbon member to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cyclic structure Cyc4, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc4 is a 3- to 6-membered carbocycie or a 3-to 6- membered heterocycle with 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms, or CR67ReS is C=O; R6g is H, Ci-4a!kyl, OH, or C^alkoxy; an enantiomer, diastereomer, racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide or ester thereof; provided that: when Y' is O or NRez, then Z1 is CR6s and Rβ3 is not OH or Ci-4alkoxy; when Z' is N1 Y' is CRezRee and neither R56 nor R59 is C(O)NH2
Examples of compounds of formulae (XIII) and (IX) include, but are not limited to
2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-propoxy]-phenyl)-4,5-dimethyl-1 H- benzoimidazole; 2-{2~chlQro~4-[3-{1 -methyl-piperidin-4~y!)-propoxy]-phenyl)-4- methyl- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2-chlαro-4-[3-(4-rnethyl-piperazin-!-yl)-propoxy]~ pheny!)-5-trifsuαromethoxy~1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyl~2-{3-chloro-4-[3-{4~ methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1-yl)-propoxy]-pheπyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyl-2-{3~ chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,5- dimethyl-2-{3-methy!-4-[3-(4-methyi-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1H- benzoimtdazole; 5-tert-butyl-2-{3-[4-{4-methyl-piperazin- 1-yl)-butαxy]-phenyl}-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyl-2-{3-[4-(4-methyl-f1 ,4]diazepan-1-yl)-butoxy]-phenyl}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; (1~{3-[4-(5~tert-butyi-1 H'benzoimidazol-2-yi}-2- chlorophenoxy]-propyl}-pyrrol!din-3-yϊ)-dimethylamine; 5-chloro-2-{3-chloro-4-[3- (4-methyK1 ,4]diazepan-1-yi)-propoxy3-phenyl}-6-rnethyl-1 H-benzoimidazoSe; 2-{3-f luoro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-4-methyl- 1 H- benzoimidazole; 5-methyl-2-{4-[3"(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-naphthalen- 1-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 4-[3-(5-tert~butyl-1 H-benzoimidazoi-2-yi)-pheπoxy]-1-{4- methyl-piperazin-1 -y!)-butan- 1 -one; 5-chloro-2-[3-chloro-4-(3-piperazin-1 -yl- propoxy)-phenyl]-6-fluoro-1 H-beπzoimidazole; 5~tert-buty!-2-{3-methyl-4-[3-(4- methyi-piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2-chioro-4-[3-(1- methyl-piperidin-4-y!)-propoxy]-phenyl}-4,6-dimethyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2- chloro-4-[2-methyl-3-(4-methyl-p!perazin-1-yl}-propoxy]-phenyl}-4-methyl-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{3-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl)-propoxy]- pheny!}-6-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 6-chloro-2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyl-2-{3~ chioro-4-[3-(4-methyl-pipera2in-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{3-fluoro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl)-1 H- benzoimidazole; 2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1-y!)-propoxy]-phenyi}- 4,6~dimethyl- 1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 5-chloro-6-methyl-2-{3-[4-{4-methyl-piperazin-1 - yl)-butoxy]-phenyl}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-cNoro-6-fluoro-2-{3~fluoro-4~[3~{4- methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-fiuoro-4-[3-(4~ methy!-piperazin-1 -yi)-propoxy]-phenyl}-5-methyl- 1 H-beπzoimidazole; 5,6-difiuoro- 2-{3-fluoro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-fluoro-4-[3-(4-rnethyl-piperaziπ-1-yl)-propoxy]-pheny!}-1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-rnethyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-4,5-dimethyl- 1 H- benzoirnidazole; 5,6-dimethyI-2-{3-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-butoxy]-phenyl}- 1 H-benzoimidazoIe; 2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4~rnethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propαxy]-phenyl}- 4,6~dimethyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2-chlαro-4-[3-(4~methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1-yl)- propoxy]~phenyl}~4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyi-2-{2-chioro-4-[3-(4- methyl-ptperazin- 1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyt}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-methoxy-4-[3-(4- methyt-piperazin-1-y))-propoxy]-phenyl}-5-trif!uoromethy!-1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 5-chloro-2-{3-chloro-4-[3-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-6-fluoro-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5,6-dichloro-2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]- phenyi}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-ch!oro-2-{2~chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)- propoxy]-pheny!}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{2-chloro-4~[3-(4-methyi- piperazin-1-yi)-propoxy]-phenyl}-6-fluoro-l H-benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{3- methyl-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-chioro-4-[3-(4-methyi-piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-5-methyl-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5,6-dichloro-2-{3-chloro-4-[3-{4-me{hyl-piperazin-- 1 -yl)-propoxy]- phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chiorθ'6-methyl-2-{3-methyl-4-[3-(4-methyi- piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl- piperazin- 1 ~yi)-propoxy]-phenyi}-5-rnethy!- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{3- chloro-4-[3-{4-methy!-piperaziπ-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyi}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3- chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxyj-phenyl}-5"trifluoromethyl-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5-chloro~6-fluoro-2-{3-methyl-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin~1-yl)- prσpoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-methyl-2-{3-methyl-4-f3-(4-methyi- piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyi- piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyf}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-methyl-4-[3-(4-methyl- piperazin-1 -yi)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2-chioro-4-[3-(4-methyl- piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}"1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-6-fluoro-2-{3- methoxy-4-[3~(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-pheny!}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 2-{3- chioro-4-t3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-5-methoxy-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyl-2-{3,5-dibromo-4-[3-(methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]- phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2-methoxy~4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-propoxy]- pheny!}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]- phenyl}-5-trifluoromethyl-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 2-{3-[3-(4-methy!-piperaziπ-1-yl)- propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoirnidazole; {2-{3-[4-(4- methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-butoxy]- phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazoi-5-y!)-phenyl-methanone; 6-chloro-2-{2-chioro-4-[3-(1- methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-4~methy!-1 H-beπzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyl- 2-{3-chloro-4-t3-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yi)'propoxy]-pheny!}-'1 H-benzoimidazole, 2- {2-ch!oro-4-[3-(1-methyl'pjperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-4,5-dimethyi-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5-ch!oro-6-methyi-2-{4-[3-{1-methy!-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]- phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5~chloro-2-{4-[3'(1-rnethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]- phenyi}~1 H-benzoirnidazole; 5-chloro-6-fluoro-{4-[3-( 1 -methyi-piperidin-4-yl)- propoxy]-pheny!}-1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 5-tert-butyl-2-{4-[3-( 1 -methyl-piperidin-4-y!)- propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazote; 5-methyl-2-{4-[3-(1-methy!-piperidin-4-yl)- propoxy]-phenyi}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{4-[3-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yI)-propoxy]- phenyt}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 6-chloro-2-{2-f!uoro-4-[3-(1-methyl-pipertdin-4-yl)- propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-f luoro-2-{2-methyi-4-[3-( 1 -methyi- piperidin-4-yi)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoirnidazole; 4-chloro-2-{2-methyi-4-[3-{1- methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 6-chloro-4-methyi-{2- methy!-4-[3-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5- chloro^^-chloro^-^-ti-methyl-piperidin^-yO'propoxyl-phenySJ-θ-fluoro-I H- benzoimidazole; 2-{2-chloro-4-[3"(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-pheny!}-3H- naphtho[1.2-d]imidazole; 4,6-dimethyl-2-{2-methyl-4-[3-{4-methyt-piperazin- 1 -yl)- propoxy]-phenyt}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2-ch!oro-4-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)- propoxy]-pheny!}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2'{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl- piperazin-1 -yi)-propoxy]-pheny!}-5~fiuoro-4-methyi-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{2- chloro-4~[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yi)-propoxy]-phenyl}-3H-naphtho[1 ,2- djimidazole; 6-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methy!~piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-pheny!}-5H- [1 ,3]dioxolo[4',5':4,5]benzo[1 ,2-djimidazole; 6-chloro-2-{2-chloro-4-[3-(4-methyl- [1 ,4]diazepan-1 -yl)-propoxy]'phenyl}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 2-{3-ch!oro-4- [3-{4-methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1-yl)~propoxy]-phenyl}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole,
4,6-d!methyl-2-{3-[4-{4-methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1 -yl)~butoxy]-phenyl}-1H- benzoirnidazoie; 5-chloro-2-{4-[3-(4-methyl-piperaziπ-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H- benzoirnidazole; 2-{4-[3-(4-methylφiperazin-1-y!)-propoxy]-phenyl}~1 H- benzoimidazoie; {2-(6-chloro-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazol-2-yi)-5-[3-(1-methyl- piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-benzyl}-dimethylamine; {2-(5-fluoro-4-methyl-1 H- benzoimidazol-2-yl)-5-[3-(1-methyi-piperidin-4-yt)-propoxy]-benzyl}-dimethylamJne; 4-{3-[4-(6-ch!oro-4-methy!-1 H-benzoimidazo!-2-yl)-3'methy!-phenoxy]-propyl}- [1 ,4]diazepan-5-one; 4-{3-[4-(5-tert-butyl-1 H-benzoimidazoi-2-yl)-3-methyt- pheπoxy]-propyi}-1 -methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-5-one; 5-tert-butyl-2-{2-methyl-4-[3-(2- methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyi}~ 1 H-benzoimidazole; 6-chloro-4-methy!-2- [2-methyl-4-{3-piperidin-4-yi-propoxy)-phenyi]-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-fluoro-4- methyl-2-[2-methyi-4-(3-piperidiπ-4-yl-propoxy)-phenyl]-1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 6- chloro^^-tS-fi -ethyl-piperidiπ^-yO-propoxyJ^-methyl-phenyl^-methyl-I H- benzoimidazole; {2-[3-chIoro-4-(4-methy!-1 H-benzoimidazol-2-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}- methyl-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-y!)-amine; 6-chloro-4-methyl-2-{2-rnethyl-4-[2-(1 - rnethyl-piperidiπ-4-yloxy)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 6-chioro-4-methyl- 2-{2-methyl-4-[3-(1 -methyl- 1 ,2,3, 6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-y!)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H- benzoimidazoSe; 5-f!uoro-4-methyl-2-{2-methyl-4-[3-(1 -methyl- 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydro- pyridin-4-yi)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 6-fluoro-7-methyl-2-{3-[4-( 1 - methy!-piperidin-4-yi)-butoxy]-phenyl}-1 H- benzoimidazole; 7-methyl-2-{3-[4-( 1 - methy!-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-phenyl}-1 H- benzoimidazoie; 6,7-dimethyi-2-{3-[4- (1"methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]"Phenyt}-1 H- benzoimidazoie; 5-chloro-7-methyl- 2-{3-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-phenyi}-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5,7- dimethyl-2-{2-methyl-3-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-phenyl}-1 H- benzoimidazoie; 5-chloro-7-methyl-2-{2-methyl-3-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin~4-yl)- butoxy]-phenyi}-1 H- benzoimidazole; 6-fluoro-7-methyl-2-{2-methyl-3-[4-(1-methyl- piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-phenyl}-1H- benzoimidazoie; 6-fluoro-7-methyl-2-{3-[3-(1- methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy)-propoxy]-phenyl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; {2-(5-fluoro-4- methyl-1 H-benzoimidazol-2-yl)-5-[3~(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}- methanol; 6-chloro-4-methyl-2-{6-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]-pyrtdin-3- yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4-methy!-2-{6-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propoxy]- pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-fluoro-4-methyl-2-{6-[3-(4-methyi-piperazin- 1 - yl)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}~1 H-benzoimidazole; 4-methy!-2-{6-[3-(3-( 1-methyl- piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,5-dimethyl-2-{6-[3-(1- methyi~piperidin-4~yl)-propoxy]~pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 4-chloro-2-{6-[3- (1 ~methyl-piperidin-4-y!)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-yI}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 6-chloro-4- methyl-2-{4-methyl-6-[3-(1-methyi-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-1 H- benzoimidazole; 4-methyl-2-{4-methy!-6-[3-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]- pyιϊdin-3-y!}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-fluoro-4-methyi-2-{4-methyl-6-[3-(1-methyl- piperidin-4-y!)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-1H-benzoimidazole; 4,5-dimethy!-2-{4-methyl- 6-[3-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yi)-propoxy]-pyndin-3-yi}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 4,6- dimethy!-2-{4-methy!-6-f3-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yi)-propoxyj-pyπdin-3-yt}-1 H- benzoimidazofβ; 4-chIoro-2-{4-rnethyI-6-[3~(1-methyi-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]- pyridin-3-yi}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{4-ch!oro-6-[3-{1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- propoxy]-pyridin-3-y!}-5-f!uoro-4-methy!-1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 2-{4-chloro-6-[3-( 1 - methyl-piperidin-4-y!)-propoxy]"pyridin-3-yi}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazoie;
Figure imgf000052_0001
1 H-benzoimsdazole; 2-{4-chloro-6-[3-{1-methyl-piperidin-4-yf)-propoxy]-pyridin-3- yi}-4,6-dimethyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{4-methoxy-6-[3-( 1 -methyJ-piperidin-4-yl)- propoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-4-methyf-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 5-fiuoro-2~{4-methoxy-6-[3-( 1 - rnethyl-pipeπdin-4-yi)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-yi}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-fluoro- 4-methyl-2-{6-[3-(1-rnethyl-1 l2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl)-propoxy3-pyridin-3-y!}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 4-methyl-2-{6-[3-(1-methyl-1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-yl)- propoxy]-pyridin-3-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 6-chioro-4-methyl-2-{6-[3-{1-methyi- 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4-y!)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-y!}-1 H-benzoimidazoSe; 4,5- dimethyl-2-{6-[3-(1 -methyl- 1 ,2,3, 6-tetrahydro-pyndin-4-yl)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-yI}- 1 H-benzoimidazoie; 4,6-dimethyl-2-{6-[3-( 1 -methyl- 1 , 2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin-4- yl)-propoxy]-pyridin-3-y!}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 5-ch!oro-4-methyl-2-{6-[3-(1-methyl- 1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridin-4-yl)-propoxy]~pyridin-3-y!}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-fiuoro- 4-methyi-2-{6-[3-(1-methyi-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-4-pyrro!idin-1-ylmethyi'pyridin- 3-yl}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{5-bromo-2~[4-( 1 -methyi-piperidin-4~yl)-butoxy]- pyridin-4-yi}-4-methyi-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{5-brQmo-2-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4- yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-5-fluoro-4-methyi-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{5-bromo-2-[4-(1- methyl-piperidfn-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-y!}-6-chloro-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazoIe; 2-{5-bromo-2-[4-(1-methyl-pipeπdin-4-yl}-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-4t6-dimethyl-1H- benzoimidazole; 2-{5-bromo-2-[4-{1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4"yl}-
4,5-dimethyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{5-bromo-2-[4-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- butoxy]-pyridin-4-y!}-5-ch!oro-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazoSe; 2-{5-bromo-2-[4-( 1 - methyl-piperidin-4-yI)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-5-tert-butyl-1 H-benzoimtclazoie; 5-tert- butyl-2-{2-[4-(1-methyl-pipeπdin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 2-{5-chioro-2-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]~pyridin-4-y!}-5-f!uoro-4-methyl- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{5-chloro-2~[4-( 1~methy!-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-y[}- 4,5-dirnethyi-i H-benzoimidazole; 4,6-dimethyl-2-{2-[4-(4-methyl-piperaz!n-1-yi)- butoxy]-pyridin-4~yl}- 1 H-benzoirnidazole; 4-methy(-2-{2-f4-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 - yl )-butoxy]-pyrsdin-4-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,5-dimethy!-2-{2-[4-(4-methyl- piperazin-1 -yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-fiuoro-4-methy!-2-{2-[4- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-buioxy]-pyridin-4-yi}-1 H-benzoimidazole, 6-chloro-4~ methy!-2-{2-[4-(4'methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazoie; B-fluoro^-methyl^^-^^-methyl-ti ^ldiazepan-i-yO-butoxyJ-pyridin^-yiJ-I H- benzoimidazoSe; 4,5-dimethy!-2-{2-[4-(4-methy!-[1 ,4]diazepan~1-yl)-butoxy]- pyridin-4-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,6-dimethy!-2-{2~[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yi)- butoxy]-pyridin-4-yI}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4-methyl-2-{2-[4-( 1-methy!-piperidin-4- yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-y!}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-fluoro-4-methyl-2-{2-[4-{ 1 -rnethyl- piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyπdin-4-y!}-1 H-benzoirnidazo!e; 4-chloro-2-{2-[4-( 1 -methyl- piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,5-dimethyl-2-{2-[4-( 1 - methyi~piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yi}-1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 6-chloro-4-methyl- 2-{2-[4-(1 -methyl~piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yi}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chioro- 4-methyl-2-{2-[4-(1-methyi-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-tert-butyl-2-[2-(4-piperidin-4-yl-butoxy)-pyridin-4-yI]-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,6- dimethyl-2-[2-(4-piperidin-4-yl-butoxy)-pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-benzoimidazoie; 2-{2-[4-( 1 - ethyl-p!peridin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-4,5~dimethyl- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,6- dimethyi-2-{3-methyl-2~[4-(1-methy!-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1H- benzoimidazole; 4-methyi-2-{3-methyi-2-[4-(1-methyt-piperidin-4-y!)-butoxy]- pyridin-4-yl}- 1 H-benzoimidazo!e; 6-ch!oro-4-methyt-2-{3-methyl-2-[4-( 1 -methyi- piperidtn-4-yf)-butαxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-chloro-2-[4-{ 1 -methyl- piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{3-chSoro-2-[4- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-4,5-dimethyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4-chloro-2-{3-chIoro-2-[4-(1-methyl-piperidiπ-4~yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1H- benzoimidazole; 2-{3-chloro-2-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin~4-yl}-5- fluoro-4-methyl-1 H»benzoimidazo!e; 2-{3-chloro-2-[4-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-4,6-dimethyl-1 H-ben2oimidazole; 6-chloro-2-{3-chioro-2-[4-(1- methyi-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-4-methyl-1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chloro- 2-{3-chloro-2-[4-(1 -methyt-piperidin-4~y!}-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-4-methyl-1H- benzoimidazole; 5-fiuoro-4-methyl-2-{5-methyl-2~[4-(1-methy!-piperidin-4~y!)- butoxy]-pyridin-4-y!}-1 H-benzoirnidazole; 5-chloro~6-fiuoro-2-{5-methyl-2-[4-{1 - methyl-piperidin-4-yi)-butoxy]-pyridiπ-4-y]}-1 H-benzoimidazoIe; 5-tert-butyl-2-{5- methyl-2~[4-( 1 -methyl-piperidin-4-y[)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yi}-1 H-benzoimidazole; 4,5- dimethyi-2-{5-methyl-2-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-y!)-butoxy]-pyridiπ-4-yl}-1 H- benzoirnidazole; 2-{5-chioro-2-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy3-pyridin-4-yl}-1 H- benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{5-chloro-2-[4-{1-methyl-piperidin--4-yl)-butoxy]-pyndin- 4-yl}- 1 H-benzoimidazole; 5-chloro-2-{5-chloro-2~[4-( 1 -methyI~piperidin-4-y])- butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-6-fluoro-1 H-benzoimidazoSe; 5-tert-butyS-2-{5-chloro-2-[4-(1- methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-1 H-beπzoimidazole; 2-{5-bromo-2-[4- (1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]~pyridin~4-y!}-4-chloro-1 H-benzoimidazole; 2-{5- bromo-2-[4-(1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-y!}-5-chloro-6-fluoro-1 H- benzoimidazole; 2-{5-brorno-2-[4-{1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridin-4-yl}-5- chloro-1 H-benzoimidazole; and {4-(4,6-dimethyl-1 H-benzoirnidazol-2-yt)-6~[4-(1- methyl-piperidin-4-yi)-butoxy]-pyridin~3-y!}-methanol
Compounds of formulae (X) and (Xl) are histamine H4 receptor ligands and are described in WO2005/092066A2 filed March 24, 2005, to Buzard, et af , and in US2007/0149541A1 , filed February 8, 2007, to Buzard, et al , which pubSications are herein incorporated by reference. Compounds of formulae
Figure imgf000054_0001
(X)
Figure imgf000055_0001
(Xl)
wherein: W is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, N or
CR76;
X'" is, independenϋy from other member and substituent assignments, N or CR78; Y" is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, O, NR78, or CR79R6O; Z" is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, N or CRer, n"' is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, 0, 1 , or 2; each of R70-71 is , independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H, -CF3, -Ci-eaikyl, -Cs-ecycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl; or, R70 and R71 taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cyclic structure Cyc5 selected from 5- or 6- membered carbocycle, and 5- or 6-rnembered heterocycle with 1 heteroatom, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc5 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from -Ci-3alkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and -C^alkoxy; each of R 72-73 and R78 is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H, -Chalky!, halo, -CF3, -OCF3, -ORf, -SRf, -S(O)Rf, -SO2Rf, C 1. 4a!koxy, cyano, nitro, -C(0)NRdRe, -C(O)phenyI, -C(O)Ci-6alkyi, -S(O)CMalky!, or - SOad^alkyl; or, R72 and R73 taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cyclic structure Cyc6 selected from aryl, 5- or 6-membered carbocycle, and 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 heteroatoms, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc6 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1, or 2 substituents selected from -Ci.3alkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and -Ci-3alkoxy; wherein each of Rd, RΘ and Rf is, independently from other substituent assignments, selected from H, Chalky!, C3-6cycloalkyi, phenyl, (C3-6cyc!oaikyl)Ci-2alkylt benzyl and phenethyl, or Rd and Re taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a 4-7 membered heterocyclic ring HetCyc4, wherein said ring HetCyc4 has 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms selected from O, S , >NH and >NCi-6alky!, and wherein any phenyl, phenethyl, benzyl, alkyl or cycloalkyl moiety in any of said R70-73, Rd, Re, Rf, and said ring HetCyc4 is optionally, and independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 1 , 2 or 3 substituents selected from Chalky!, halo, hydroxy, amino, and Cv 3alkoxy;
R74 is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H, -Ci- 6a!kyl,- C^alkoxy, or hydroxy; each of R75 and R7e is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H or
Figure imgf000056_0001
or R75 and R7e taken together form a 5-6 membered cyclic structure Cyc7, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc7 is a 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle with 1 or 2 heteroatoms, and wherein said cyclic structure Cyc7 is, independently from other substituent assignments, substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from -Ci-3alkyl, halo, hydroxy, amino, and -Oi^alkoxy; R77 is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H or ~Ci. 4alkyl; each of R79 and R80 is, independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H or -C^alky!; or, when Y" is CR7gR8o, R79 and R80 taken together with the carbon member to which they are attached form an optionally substituted cyclic structure Cyc8, wherein said cyclic structure Cyc8 is a 3- to 6- membered carbocycle or a 3- to 6-membered non-aromatic heterocycle with 0 or 1 additional heteroatoms, or CR79R8O is C=O;
RBI is independently from other member and substituent assignments, -H1 -Ci. 4aikyl, hydroxy, or -d^alkoxy; an enantiomer, diastereomer, racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, amide or ester thereof; with the following provisos: when Y" is O or NR7g, then Z1" is CRBI and R74 is not hydroxy or
Figure imgf000056_0002
when Z" is N, Y" is CR79R80; when R7o and R71 are both -H, Y" is CH2, and R77 is methyl, then R74 is not hydroxy.
Examples of compounds of formulae (X) and (Xl) include, but are not limited to 1 -(3-{4-[4,5-bis-(4-bromo-phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2-y!]-3-chloro-phenoxy}- propyl)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1 -{3-[3-chloro-4-(4,5-diphenyi-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)- phenoxy}-prαpyl)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1 ~(3-{4-|4,5-bis-(2-chtoro-phenyl)-1 H- imidazoi-2-yl]-3-chloro-phenoxy}-propyi)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1-(3-{4-[4,5-bis-{4- methoxy-pheny!)-1 H-imidazol-2-yi]-3-chloro-phenoxy}-propy!)-4-methy!-piperazine; 1 - {3-[3-chloro-4-(4,5-di-p~tolyl-1 H-irnidazol-2-yl)-phenoxy]-propyi}-4-methyl- piperazine; 1 -(3-{4-[4,5-bis-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2-yI]-3-chioro~phenoxy}- propy!)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1 -(3-{4-[4,5-bis-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2- yl]-3-chloro-phenoxy}~propyl)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1 -(3-{4-[4,5-bis-(3-methoxy-- pheny!)-1H-imidazol-2-yt]-2-fluoro-phenoxy}-propy!)-4-methyl-piperazine; 1 -(3-{4- [4,5-bis-(4-bromo-pheny!)-1 H-imidazol-2-yi]-3-ch!oro-phenoxy}-propyi)-4-methyl- [1 ,4]diazepane; 1 -(3-{4-[4,5-bis-(3-methoxy-phenyi)-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-3-ch!oro- phenoxy}-propyl)'4-methy!-[1 ,4]diazepane; 1 -{3-[2-chloro4-(5-methyl-4-phenyl- 1 H-imidazo!-2-yl)-phenoxy]-propyl}-4-methyl-[1 ,4]diazepane; 2-{3-chloro-4-[3-(4- methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1 -ylJ-propoxyJ-phenyl^.S^J-tetrahydro-i H- benzoimidazoie; 2-{2-ch!oro-4-[3-(4-methyl-[1 ,4]diazepan-1 -yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}- 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1 H-benzoimidazole; 1 -methyi-4-{3-[3-methyl-4-(4-phenyi-5- trifluoromethyi-1 H-imidazoi-2-yl)-phenoxy]-propyl}-piperidine; 4-{3-[3-chloro-4-(4- phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1 H-imidazol"2-yl)-phenoxy]-propyl}-pjperidine; 4-(3-{3- chloro-4-[5-methyl-4-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyi)-1 H-imidazoi-2-yl]-phenoxy}~propyl)- 1 -methyi-piperidine; 4-(3-{3-chloro-4-[4-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1 H- imidazoi-2-yi]-phenoxy}-propy!)-1-methyl-piperidine; 4-(3-{4-[4-(3,5-dichioro- pheny!)-5-methyl-1 H-imtdazol-2-yl]-phenoxy}-propyi)-1 -methyi-piperidine; 4-(3-{3~ chloro-4-[4-(4-ch!oro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1 H- imidazol-2-yl]"phenoxy}-propyl)-1 - methyi-piperidine; 4-(3-{4-[4,5-bis-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-3-chioro- phenoxy}-propyl)-1 -methyi-piperidine; 4-(3-{4-t4,5-bis-(3-methoxy-phenyl)- 1H- imidazoW-yll-S-chloro-phenoxyJ-propylJ-i-methyl-piperidine^-tS-IS-chloro-^^- chloro-phenyl)-5-p-to!yl-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-phenoxy}-propy!)-1 -methyi-piperidine; 2- {2-chloro-4-[3-(1-methyi-pipeπdin-4-yi)-propoxy]-pheny!-4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1 H- benzoimidazole; 4-{3-[3-chloro-4-(4-methyl-5-propyl-1 H-imidazol-2-y!)-phenoxy]- propyl}-1-meihyl-piperidine; 4-{3-[3-chloro-4-(5-ethy!-4-methyl-1H~imidazol-2-yl)- phenoxy]-propyl}-1 -rnethy!piperidine; 1-methyi-4-(2-{3-rnethyi~4-[5-rnethyl-4-{3~ trifluorornethyl-phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2-y!]-phenoxy)-ethoxy)-piperidine; 5-[4-(3,5- dichloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yf]-2-[3-{1-methyi-piperidin-4-yl)- propoxy]-pyridine; 5-[4-(4-chloro-phenyi)-5-rnethyl-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-2-[3-(1- methy!-piperidin-4-y!)-propoxy]-pyridiπe; 2-[3-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-5- [5-methyl-4-{3-trifluoromethyl-phenyi)-1 H-irτιidazof-2-yi]-pyridine; 2-[3-(1-rnethyl- pipendin~4-yi)-propoxy]-5-[5-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1 H~imidazol-2-yi]- pyridine; 2~[3-{1-methy!-piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-5-(4-phβny!-5-trifiuoromethyl-1 H- tmidazol-2-y!)-pyridine; 1 -methyI-4-(3-{5-[5-methy!-4-(4-trifluoromethyi-phenyi)-1 H- imidazol-2-yl]-pyridin-2-yloxy}-propy!)-piperaziπe; 1 -methy!-4-(3-{5-[5-methyl-4-(3- trifluoromethyl-pheny!)-1 H-imidazol-2-yi]-pyridin~2-yloxy}-propyl)-piperazine; 4-(4- {3-[4-(4-ch!oro-pheny!)-5-methyl-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-phenoxy)-butyl)~1 -methyl- piperidine; 1 -methyi-4-{4-[3-(4-pheπyi-5-trifluorαmethy!-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)- phenoxy]-butyl}-piperidine; 2-[4-( 1 -methy!-piperidiri'4-yl)-butoxy]-4-(4-phenyl-5- trifluoromethyl-1 H-irnidazol-2-yl)-pyridiπe; 2-[4-(1-methyi-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-4- [5-rnethyl-4-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyi)-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-pyπdine; 4-{3-[4-(5- isobutyl-4-methyl-1 H-imidazoS-2-y!)-3-methy!-phenoxy]-propyl}- 1 -methyl- piperidine; 4-[ 4-(4 -chlorθ'phenyl)-5-methyi-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-2-[4-(1-methyi- piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridine; 4-{3-[3-chloro-4-(5-isobutyl-4-methyl-1 H-imidazol- 2-yl)-phenoxy]-propyl}-1-methyl-piperidine; 1-rnethyl~4-{4-{3-[5-methy!-4-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1 H-imidazoi-2-yl]-phenoxy}-butyl)-piperidine; 1 -{3-[2- chioro~4-{1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-pheπoxy]-propylH-methyl-piperazine; 1-{3~[3-chloro- 4-(4,5-dimethy!-1 H-imidazoi-2-yi)-phenoxy]-propyl}-4-methyl-piperaziπe; 1-{3-[3- chloro-4-{4-phenyl-5-trifluoromethy!-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-phenoxy]-propyl}-4-methyl- piperazine; 1-{3-t2-chIoro-4-(4-phenyl-5~trifluoromethyl-1 H-ϊmidazol-2-y!}- phenoxy]-propyl}-4-methyi-[1 ,4]diazepane; 1 ~methyl-4-(3-{3-methyl-4-[5-methyi-4- (3-trifluoromethy!-pheny!)-1 H-imidazo!-2-y(]-phenoxy}-propyl)-piperidine; 4-(3-{4- [4-(4-ch!oro-phenyI)-5-methyl-1 H-!nnidazol-2-yi]-3-methyl-phenoxy}-propyl)-1- methyl-piperidine; 4~(2-{4~[4-{4-chloro-phenyl)-5-rnethyl- 1 H-smidazoi-2-yl]-3- methyi-phenoxy}-ethoxy)-1 -methyl-piperidiπe; 1 -(3-{4-[4-(4-chloro-phenyf )-5- methyi-1H-imidazol-2-yl]-3-methyl-phenoxy}-2-πiethyf-propyl)-4-rτiethyl-piperazine; 244-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-6-[4-(1-methy!~piperidin-4~yl)- butoxy]-pyridine; 4-methyl-2-[3-( 1 -rnethyl~piperidin-4-yl)-propoxy]-5-[5-methyl-4--(3- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl]-pyridine; 5-bromo-4-[4-(4-chSoro-phenyl)- 5-methyl-1 H-im!dazol"2-yl)-2-[4-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yt)-butoxy]-pyridine; 2,4- dimethyi-1-{3-[4-(4-phenyi}-5-trifiuoromethyl-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-phenoxy]-propy!}- piperazine; 1 ,2-dimethyl-4-{3-[4-(4-phenyi-5-trifluoromethyi-1H-imidazoS-2-yl)- phenoxy]-propyi}-piperazine; 3-chioro-2-[4-( 1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-4-(4~ pheny!-5-trifluoromethyi~1H-imidazo!-2-yl)-pyridine; 1-methyl-4-(4-{4~[5-methyl-4~ (3-trif!uoromethyi-phenyl)-1 H-imidazo!-2-yl]-pyridin-2-yloxy}-butyl-[1 ,4]diazepane; 5-bromo-2-[4-(1-methyi-piperidin-4-y!)-butoxy]-4-[5-methyl-4'(34riflυoromethy!- phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2-yl]-pyridiπe; 4-[4-{4-chSoro-phenyl)-5-trifluoromethy!-1 H- imidazoi-2-y!]-2-[4-{ 1 -methyl~piperidin-4-yf )-butoxy]-pyrimidine; 4-(3-{4-[5- cyclopropylmethyi^S-trifluoromethyl-phenyfJ-IH-innidazol^-yO-S-Fnethyl- pheπoxy}-propyl)-1 -methyl-piperidine; 1 -{4~[4-(4~chloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1 H- imidazot-2-yl]-3-methyl-phenoxy}-3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-propan-2-o!; 4-{3-{3- chloro-4-[4-(4-ch!oro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl]-phenoxy}-propyl)- piperidiπe; 4-(3-{3-ch!oro-4-[4-{4-chloro-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-y!]- phenoxy}-propyi)-1-ethyl-piperidine; 4-(3-{3-chloro-4-t4-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5- methyl-1 H-imidazo!-2~yl]-phenoxy}-propyl)-1 -isopropyl-piperidine; 1 -methyl-4-{3- [4-(4-phenyi-5~trifiuoromethyI-1 H-imidazol-2"y!}-naphthalen-1-yloxy]-propyi}- piperidine; 1 -{4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yS)-3-{5-[5-methyl-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyi)' 1 H-imtdazol-2-y!]-pyridin-2-yloxy}-propan- 1 -one; 6-[4-(4-chioro-pheny!)-5-methyi- 1 H-imidazoi-2-y!]-3-fluoro-2-[4-{ 1 -methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]-pyridine; 1 -methyl- 4-(4-{3-methy!-6-t5-methyl-4-(3-trif!uoromethy!-phenyl)-1 H-imidazol-2-yi]-pyridiri-2- y!oxy}-butyl)-piperazine; 1-methyl-4-{3-t4-(5-methyl-4-thiophen-2-yi-1H-imidazol-2- yl)-phenoxy]propyl}-piperidine; and 2-{3-[4~(1-methyl-ptperidin-4-yl)-butoxy]- phenyi}-3H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine Definition of Terms Certain terms as used in the specification are intended to refer to the following definitions, as detailed below.
The term "acy!" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carboπyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of acyl include, but are not limited to, acetyl, 1- oxopropyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-oxopropyl, 1-oxobutyl, and 1-oxopentyl.
The term "acyloxy" as used herein means an acyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent moiecular moiety through an oxygen atom, Representative examples of acyloxy include, but are not limited to, acetyloxy, propionyloxy, and isobutyryloxy.
The term "alkenyi" as used herein means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 2 to 10 carbons, and preferably 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbons, and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Representative examples of alkenyi include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, 2~propenyl, 2-methyl- 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 5-hexenyl, 2-heptenyl, 2-methyl-1-heptenyl, and 3-decenyl.
The term "alkoxy" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom. Representative examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 2-propoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, and hexyloxy.
The term "alkoxyalkoxy" as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecuiar moiety through another alkoxy group, as defined herein. Representative examples of alkoxyalkoxy include, but are not limited to, tert-butoxy methoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, and methoxy methoxy.
The term "alkoxyalkyl" as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of alkoxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, tert-butoxymethyi, 2-ethoxyethyi, 2-methoxyethyl, and methoxymethyl.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl" as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of alkoxycarbonyl include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and tert-butoxycarbonyl. The term "alkoxyimino" as used herein means an alkoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a -C{=NH)- group, which also is defined as an imiπo group Representative examples of alkoxyimino include, but are not limited to, imino{methoxy)methyl, ethoxy(imino)methyl and tert-butoxy{imino)methyl.
The term "alkoxysuifoπyl" as used herein means an aikoxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of alkoxysulfonyl include, but are not limited to, methoxysulfonyl, ethoxysulfonyl, and propoxysulfonyl
The term "alky!" as used herein means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbons. Representative examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n~butyl, sec-butyi, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n~hexyl, 3-methyihexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,3- dimethylpentyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, and n-decy!.
The term "alkylene" means a divalent group derived from a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon of from 1 to 10 carbon atoms Representative examples of aikylene include, but are not limited to, -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, ~C(CH3)2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2CH2-, and -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-.
The term "alkyiamino" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a NH group Representative examples of alkyfamino include, but are not limited to, methyiamino, ethylamino, tsopropyiarnino, and butylamino The term "alkylcarbonyi" as used herein means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbony! group, as defined herein Representative examples of aikylcarbony! include, but are not limited to, methylcarbonyl, ethyicarboπyl, isopropylcarbonyl, n-propylcarbonyl, and the like The term "alkylcycloalkyl" as used herein means a cycloalkyi group as defined herein, attached to an alkylene moiety, attached to the parent molecular moiety through the alkylene group. Representative examples of alkyicycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl and the like The term "alkylfluorocycloalkyl" as used herein means a fiuorocycloalkyl group as defined herein, attached to an alkyiene moiety, attached to the parent molecular moiety through the alkylene group. Representative examples of aikylfluorocycloaikyl include, but are not limited to, (4-f!uorocyclohexyl)rnethyl,
(2,2-difluorocyc1obutyl)methyS and the like The term "alkyisuifony!" as used herein means an aikyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfony! group, as defined herein. Representative examples of alkylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to, methyisulfonyl and ethylsuifonyl. The term "alkylthio" as used herein, means an alkyi group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom Representative examples of alkylthio include, but are not limited, methyithio, ethylthio, tert-butylthio, and hexyithio
The term "alkynyl" as used herein means a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and preferably 2, 3, 4, or 5 carbons, and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond Representative examples of alkynyl include, but are not limited to, acetylenyl, 1- propynyi, 2-propynyi, 3-butynyl, 2-pentynyl, and 1-butynyi.
The term "amido" as used herein means an amino, aikylamino, or dialkylarnino group appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of amido include, but are not limited to, aminocarbonyl, methylaminocarbonyi, dimethylaminocarbonyi, and ethylmethylaminocarbonyl.
The term "amino" as used herein means an -NH2 group, The term "aryl," as used herein, means phenyl, a bicyclic aryl, or a tricyclic aryl The bicycϋc aryi is naphthyl, a phenyl fused to a cycloalkyl, or a phenyl fused to a cycloalkenyl. The bicyclic aryl of the invention must be attached to the parent molecular moiety through any available carbon atom contained within the phenyl ring Representative examples of the bicyciic aryl include, but are not limited to, dihydroindenyl, indenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthalenyl, and tetrahydronaphthaienyl. The tricyclic aryl is anthracene or phenanthrene, a bicyclic aryl fused to a cycloaSkyl, a bicyciic aryl fused to a cycloalkenyl, or a bicyclic aryl fused to a phenyl. The tricyclic aryl is attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom contained within a phenyl ring Representative examples of tricyclic aryl ring include, but are not limited to, azulenyl, dihydroanthracenyl, fluorenyl, and tetrahydrophenanthrenyi.
The carbon atoms of the aryl groups of this invention are substituted with hydrogen or are optionally substituted with substituents independently selected from acyl, acytoxy, alkeπyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyi, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, alkoxysulfony!, alkyi, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfony!, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haioalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkySthio, -NRBRΘ, (NRβRgJcarbonyl, - SO2NReRa, and N(Rs)SO2(Rs) Where the aryl group is a phenyl group, the number of substituents is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5. Where the aryl group is a bicycϋc aryl, the number of substituents is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 Where the aryl group is a tricyclic aryl, the number of substituents is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9
The term "arylalkyl" as used herein means an aryl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of arylalkyl include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethy! and 3-pheny!propyl
The term "carbonyl" as used herein means a ~C(=O)- group. The term "carboxy" as used herein means a -CO2H group. The term "cyano" as used herein means a -CN group, attached to the parent molecular moiety through the carbon.
The term "cyanoalkyl" as used herein means a -CN group attached to an alkyiene, appended to the parent molecular moiety through the alkylene group Representative examples of "cyanoalkyi" include, but are not limited to, 3- cyanopropyl, and 4-cyanobutyL
The term "cyanophenyl" as used herein means a -CN group appended to the parent molecular moiety through a phenyl group, including, but not limited to, 4-cyanophenyi, 3-cyanophenyl, and 2-cyanophenyl.
The term "cycloalkyi" as used herein means a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 10 carbons. Examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyi, cyclopentyi, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl C3-C5 cycloalkyl in particular refers to a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 5 carbons, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyt, and cyclopentyi
The term "cycloaikenyl" as used herein means a cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 10 carbons, containing 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of cycloalkeny! include cyclopropenyi, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptentyl, and cyclooctenyl
Each of the carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl or cycloaikenyl groups of the invention is substituted with 0, 1 , or 2 substituents selected from acyl, acyioxy, aikeπyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, aikoxyaikyl, alkoxycarbony!, aikoxyimino, alkoxysulfonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkynyi, amido, carboxy, cyano, fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloaikoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, oxo, nitro, alkylthio, -NR8Rg,
Figure imgf000064_0001
-SO2N(Rs)(Rs), and -N(R8)SO2(Rs), wherein, R8 and R9 are defined herein
The term "cycSoalkoxyaikyi" as used herein means a cycloalkyi group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an -O-alkyl- group, wherein aSkyl is as defined herein. Representative examples of cycloaikoxySalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclobutoxymethyl, cyclopentyloxymethyi, 2-(cyclopentyloxy)ethyl and cycIohexyloxymethyS.
The term "cycioalkyicarbonyl" as used herein means a cycloalky! group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of cycioalkyicarbonyl inciude, but are not limited to, cyctopropylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, and cycloheptylcarbonyi.
The term "cycloalkylalkyl" as used herein means a cycloalkyi group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of cycloalkylalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentyl methyl, cyclohexylmethyl, and cycloheptyimethyi. (C3-C5 cycloalkyl)alkyl in particular refers to a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing from 3 to 5 carbons, for example, cyclopropyl, cyciobutyl, and cyclopentyl, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a alkyl group. The term "dialkylamino" as used herein means two independent alkyl groups, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. Representative examples of dialkylamino include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethylmethyiamino, and butylmethylamino. The term "fluoro" as used herein means -F. The term "fluoroalkyl" as used herein means at least one fluoro group, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of fluoroalkyl include, but are not limited to, ffuoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl.
The term "fiuoroalkoxy" as used herein means at least one fluoro group, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group, as defined herein. Representative examples of fiuoroalkoxy include, but are not limited to, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, and 2,2,2- trifluoroethoxy.
The term "formyl" as used herein means a -C(O)H group.
The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein means C!, Br, I, or F.
The term "haioalkoxy" as used herein means at least one halogen, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy, as defined herein. Representative examples of haioalkoxy include, but are not ϋmited to, 2-fluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and pentafluoroethoxy.
The term "haloalkyl" as used herein means at least one halogen, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, chloromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and 2- chloro-3-fiuoropentyl .
The term "heterocycle", as used herein, refers to non-aromatic cyclic groups that contain at least one heteroatom Non-aromatic heterocycles are non- aromatic cyclic groups that contain at least one heteroatom; examples of non- aromatic heterocyclic groups or non-aromatic heterocycles are further defined below Heterocyclic rings are connected to the parent molecular moiety through a carbon atom, or alternatively in the case of heterocyclic rings that contain a bivalent nitrogen atom having a free site for attachment, the heterocyclic ring may be connected to the parent molecular moiety though a nitrogen atom. Additionally, the heterocycles may be present as tautomers.
The term "heteroaryl", as used herein, refers to an aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Such rings can be monocyclic or bicyclic as further described herein. The terms "monocyclic heteroaryl" or "5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring", as used herein, refer to 5- or 6-membered aromatic rings containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The 5- membered ring contains two double bonds; such a ring may contain one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur atom, or may contain one oxygen atom, or may contain one sulfur atom. The 6- membered ring contains three double bonds, or alternatively, the 6- membered ring may contains 2 double bonds within the ring when the ring is substituted with an oxo group Furthermore, the 6-membered ring may contain one, two, three or four nitrogen atoms, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur atom, or may contain one or two nitrogen atoms and or one oxygen atom The 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyciic heteroaryl ring. Representative examples of 5- to 6-membered heteroaryi rings include, but are not limited to, furyl, imidazoiyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazoiyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazoiyl, thiadiazoiyl, thiadiazolonyl, thiadiazinonyl, oxadiazolyl, oxadiazolonyl, oxadiazinonyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, triazinyi, triazolyl, triazolyl, pyridazinonyl, pyridonyl, and pyrimidinonyl
The term "bicyclic heteroaryl" or "8- to 12- membered bicycSic heteroaryl ring", as used herein, refers to an 8-, 9-, 10-, 1 1-, or 12- membered bicyclic aromatic ring wherein one or more of the atoms of the ring has been replaced with at least one heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen The bicyclic heteroaryl of the invention maybe attached to the parent molecular moiety through any available carbon atom or nitrogen atom contained within the heteroaryl ring Representative examples of bicyclic heteroaryl rings include indoiyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazoiyl, benzothiazoiyi, benzoxazolyl, benzoisothiazoiyi, benzoisoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinoliπyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxaSinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnoϋnyi, thieno[2,3- djimidazole, 1 ,5-dihydro~benzo[b][1 ,4]diazepin-2-on-y!, and pyrrolopyrimidinyl Heteroaryl groups of the invention, whether monocyclic or bicyclic, are substituted with hydrogen, or optionally substituted with substituents independently selected from acyl, acyloxy, alkenyl, aikoxy, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyt, alkoxyimino, alkoxysuifonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, aϊkyisuifonyl, alkyithio, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, cydoalky), fluoroalkoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyi, mercapto, nitro, oxo, -NRaR9, (NR8R9)carbonyl, -SO2N(R8)(R9), and -N(RS)SO2(R9). Monocyclic heteroaryl or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl rings are substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents Bicyciic heteroaryi or 8- to 12-mernbered bicyciic heteroaryl rings are substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 substituents. Heteroaryl groups of the invention may be present as iautomers.
The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" as used herein, means a monocyclic heterocycle or a bicyciic heterocycle The monocyclic heterocycle is a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, The 3- or 4- membered ring contains 1 heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, The 5- membered ring contains zero or one double bond and one, two or three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S The 6- or 7- membered ring may contain zero, one, or two double bonds provided that the ring, when taken together with a substituent, does not tautomerize with a substituent to form an aromatic ring. The monocyclic heterocycle is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle. Representative examples of monocyclic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, azepanyi, aziridinyl, diazepaπyl, 1,3- dioxanyl, 1 ,3-dioxolanyl, 1 ,3-dithiolanyl, 1 ,3-dithianyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolinyi, isothiazolidinyi, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxadiazolinyl, oxadiazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyi, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolinyi, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiadiazoiinyl, thiadiazolidinyi, thiazoiinyi, thiazolidinyi, thiornorpholinyl, 1 ,1-dioxidothiomoφhoNnyS (thiomorpholine suifone), thiopyranyl, and trithianyS. The bicyciic heterocycle is a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a phenyl group, a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a cycloalkyl, a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a cycloalkenyl, or a monocyclic heterocycle fused to a monocyclic heterocycle. The bicyciic heterocycie is connected to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or any nitrogen atom contained within the monocyclic heterocycle. Representative examples of bicyciic heterocycle include, but are not limited to, 1 ,3-benzodioxolyl, 1 ,3-benzodithiolyl, 2,3-dihydro-
1,4-benzodioxinyl, 2,3-dihydro-i-benzofuranyi, 2,3-dihydro-i-benzothienyl, 2,3- dihydro-I H-indolyi, and 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyi.
The non-aromatic heterocycles of the invention substituted with hydrogen, or optionally substituted with 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 substituents independently selected from acyl, acyioxy, aikenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyaikoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxyimino, aikoxysulfonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkyisulfonyl, alkynyl, amido, carboxy, cyano, cycloalkyl, fluoroaikoxy, formyl, haloalkoxy, haloaikyl, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, mercapto, nitro, alkylthio, - NR8R9, (NReR9)carbonyl, -SO2N(R8) (R9), and -N(R8)SO2(R9). The term "hydroxy" as used herein means an -OH group. The term "hydroxyalkyl" as used herein means at ieast one hydroxy group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of hydroxyalkyl include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methyl-2~hydroxyethyl, 3- hydroxypropyl, 2,3-dihydroxypentyl, and 2-ethy!-4-hydroxyheptyl. The term "hydroxy-protecting group" means a substituent which protects hydroxy! groups against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures Examples of hydroxy-protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methoxymethyi, benzyioxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl, 2- (trimethySsϋyl)ethoxymethyl, benzyl, triphenylmethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, t-butyl, trimethylsϋyl, t-butyldimethylsiiyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, methylene acetal, acetonide benzyiidene acetal, cyclic ortho esters, methoxymethylene, cyclic carbonates, and cyclic boronates. Hydroxy-protecting groups are appended onto hydroxy groups by reaction of the compound that contains the hydroxy group with a base, such as triethylamine, and a reagent selected from an alkyl halide, alkyi trifilate, trialkylsilyl halide, trialkylsily! Inflate, aryldialkylsilyltriflate, or an alkylchloroformate, CH2i2, or a dihaloboronate ester, for example with methyliodide, benzyl iodide, triethyi si lyltrif late , acetyl chloride, benzylchloride, or dimethylcarbonate. A protecting group also may be appended onto a hydroxy group by reaction of the compound that contains the hydroxy group with acid and an alkyl acetal. The term "imino" as defined herein means a -C(=NH)- group.
The term "mercapto" as used herein means a -SH group. The term "(NRBRΘ)" as used herein means both an Rs and Rg group, as defined herein, are appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. The "(NRaRg)" is appended to the parent molecular moiety through the nitrogen
The term "(NRβRs)alkyl" as used herein means an -NRsRg group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyiene group, as defined herein. Representative examples of {NRβRg)a!kyl include, but are not limited to, 2-{methylamino)ethyl, 2-{dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-(amino)ethyl( 2- {ethylmethy!amino)ethyi, and the like
The term "{ NRgRgJcarbonyl" as used herein means an - NReRg group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of
Figure imgf000069_0001
include, but are not limited to, aminocarbonyl, (methylamino)carboπyl, (dimethylamino)carbonyl, (ethylmethylamino)carbonyl, and the like
The term "(NR8Rg)suifonyl" as used herein means a - NR8R9 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein Representative examples of
Figure imgf000069_0002
include, but are not limited to, aminosulfonyl, (methylamiπo)sulfonyi, (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and (ethylmethylamino)sulfonyl
The term "-N(Re)SO2(Rg)" as used herein means an amino group attached to the parent moiety to which is further appended with a Re group as defined herein, and a SO2 group to which is appended an (Rg) group as defined herein. Representative examples Of -N(Ra)SOa(Rg) include, but are not limited to, N- methylmethanesulfonamide.
The term "-SO2 (NRSRΘ)" as used herein means a NR8Rg group attached to a SO2 group, appended to the parent moiety through the suifonyl group Representative examples of -SO2 (NRgRg) include, but are not limited to (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and N-cyclohexyl-N-methylsuifonyl.
The term "(NR38R39)" as used herein means both an Ra8 and R3g group, as defined herein, are appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom The "(NR38R39)" is appended to the parent molecular moiety through the nitrogen.
The term "(NR3eR39)alkyl" as used herein means an -NR38R39 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyiene group, as defined herein. Representative examples of (NRasRagJalkyl include, but are not limited to, 2-{methy!amino)ethyl, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-(amino)ethyi, 2- (ethyimethyiamino)ethyl, and the like.
The term "( NR38R39)carbonyr as used herein means an - NR38R39 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein Representative examples of (NR3aR39)carbonyl include, but are not limited to, aminocarbony!, (methylamino)carbonyl, (dimethylamino)carbonyi, (ethylmethylamino)carbonyl, and the like.
The term "(NR38R39)sulfonyl" as used herein means a - NR38R39 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of (NR3sR3g)sulfonyl include, but are not limited to, aminosulfonyi, (methyfamino)sulfonyl, (dimethylamino)sujfonyl and (ethyimethyiamino)sulfonyl.
The term "-N(R38)SO2(RSg)" as used herein means an amino group attached to the parent moiety to which is further appended with a R38 group as defined herein, and a SO2 group to which is appended an (R39) group as defined herein. Representative examples of -N(R38)SO2(R3g) include, but are not limited to, N-methylmethanesulfonamide,
The term "-SO2 (NR38R3g)" as used herein means a NR3BR39 group attached to a SO^ group, appended to the parent moiety through the sulfonyl group. Representative examples of -SO2 (NR38R39) include, but are not limited to (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and N-cyciohexyl-N-methylsulfonyl.
The term "(NR4BR49)" as used herein means both an R4β and R4g group, as defined herein, are appended to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. The "(NR48R49)" is appended to the parent molecular moiety through the nitrogen.
The term "(NR4βR49}alkyl" as used herein means an -NR48R49 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkylene group, as defined herein Representative examples of (NR<sβR49)alkyl include, but are not limited to, 2-(methylamino)ethyi, 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl, 2-(amino)ethyi, 2- (ethyimethy!amino)ethyl, and the like.
The term "( NR4BR49}carhonyI" as used herein means an - NR48R49 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of (NR4δR4g)carbony! include, but are not limited to, aminocarbonyf, (methylamino)carbonyl, (dimethyiamino)carbonyl, (ethylmethylamino)carbonyi, and the like.
The term "(NR48R49)suifonyP' as used herein means a - NR4SR49 group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of (NR4sR49)sulfonyl include, but are not limited to, aminosuifonyl, (methy!amino)suifonyl, (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and (ethylrnethylarnino)sulfonyl
The term "-N(R48)SO2(R4S)" as used herein means an amino group attached to the parent moiety to which is further appended with a R48 group as defined herein, and a SO2 group to which is appended an (R49) group as defined herein Representative examples of -N(R48)Sθ2(R4g) include, but are not limited to, N-rnethylmethanesulfonamide
The term "-SO2 (NR4eR49)" as used herein means a NR48R49 group attached to a SO2 group, appended to the parent moiety through the suifonyl group Representative examples of -SO2 (NR48R4S) include, but are not limited to (dimethylamino)sulfonyl and N-cyclohexyi-N-methylsu!fonyl. The term "nitro" as used herein means a -NO2 group. The term "nitrogen protecting group" as used herein means those groups intended to protect a nitrogen atom against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures Nitrogen protecting groups comprise carbamates, amides, N-benzyl derivatives, and imine derivatives. Preferred nitrogen protecting groups are acetyl, benzoyl, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), formyl, phenylsuifonyi, pivaloyi, tert-butoxycarbonyi (Boc), tert-butylacety!, trifluoroacetyl, and triphenylmethy! (trityl) Nitrogen-protecting groups are appended onto primary or secondary amino groups by reacting the compound that contains the amine group with base, such as triethylamine, and a reagent selected from an alkyl halide, an alkyl trifilate, a dialkyl anhydride, for example as represented by an alkyl anhydride (alkyl-OC=O)2θt a diary! anhydride, for example as represented by (aryl- OC=OJaO, an acyl halide, an alkylchloroformate, or an aikylsulfonyihaiide, an arylsulfonylhalide, or halo-CON(alkyl)2, for example acetylchloride, benzoylchioride, benzylbromide, benzyloxycarbonylchloride, formylfluoride, phenylsulfonylchloride, pivaioylchloride, (tert-buty!-O~C=O)2O, trifluoroacetic anhydride, and triphenylmethylchloride. The term "oxo" as used herein means (=0) The term "sulfonyl" as used herein means a -S(O)2- group. There also exist a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) - (Xl) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The histamine H4 receptor iigands may exist as stereoisomers wherein, asymmetric or chiral centers are present These stereoisomers are "R" or "S" depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom The terms "R" and "S" used herein are configurations as defined in IUPAC 1974 Recommendations for Section E, Fundamental Stereochemistry, in Pure Appl Chem , 1976, 45: 13-30, The invention contemplates various stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and these are specifically included within the scope of this invention. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers, and mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers Individual stereoisomers of compounds of the invention may be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain asymmetric or chiral centers or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution well known to those of ordinary skill in the art These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1 ) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and optional liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary as described in Furniss, Hannaford,
Smith, and Tatcheli, "Vogei's Textbook of Practicai Organic Chemistry", 5th edition (1989), Longman Scientific & Technical, Essex CM20 2JE, England, or (2) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns or (3) fractional recrystallization methods. Histamine H4 receptor Iigands useful for the method may exist as cis or trans isomers, wherein substituents on a ring may attached in such a manner that they are on the same side of the ring (cis) relative to each other, or on opposite sides of the ring relative to each other (trans). Such methods are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and may include separation of isomers by recrystallization or chromatography. It should be understood that the compounds of the invention may possess tautomeric forms, as well as geometric isomers, and that these also constitute an aspect of the invention
Compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formuiae (!)~(XI) in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are suitable for the method. The compositions comprise a histamine H4 receptor ligand of the invention formulated together with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for parenteral intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intra-arterial, or intradermal injection, for or for vaginal, nasal, topical, or rectal administration.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier", as used herein, means a non-toxic, inert solid, semi-solid or liquid filler, diluent, encapsulating material or formulation auxiliary of any type. Some examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are sugars such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives such as sodium carboxymethy! cellulose, ethy! cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycols; such a propylene glycol; esters such as ethyi oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol, and phosphate buffer solutions, as well as other non-toxic compatible lubricants such as sodium lauryS sulfate and magnesium stearate, as well as coloring agents, releasing agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents, preservatives and antioxidants can also be present in the composition, according to the judgment of one skilled in the art of formulations,
Compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formulae (I)-(XI) in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are suitable for the method. The compositions comprise a histamine H4 receptor ligand of the invention formulated together with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated for oral administration in solid or liquid form, for parenteral intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intraarterial, or intradermal injection, for or for vaginal, nasal, topical, or rectal administration.
Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, poSyols (propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, glycerol, and the like, and suitable mixtures thereof), vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate, or suitable mixtures thereof Suitable fluidity of the composition may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants. These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin
In some cases, in order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle.
Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, tragacanth, and mixtures thereof. If desired, and for more effective distribution, the compounds of the invention can be incorporated into slow-release or targeted-delivery systems such as polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres. They may be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacteria-retaining filter or by incorporation of sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions, which may be dissolved in sterile water or some other sterile injectable medium immediately before use.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsulated matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polyiactJde-polyglycoltde. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides) Depot injectable formulations also are prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemuSsions which are compatible with body tissues. The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other steriie injectable medium just prior to use.
Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic, parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent such as a solution in 1 ,3-butanedioL Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U. S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, one or more compounds of the invention is mixed with at least one inert pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and salicylic acid; b) binders such as carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrroiidinone, sucrose, and acacia; c) humectants such as glycerol; d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin; f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds; g) wetting agents such as cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay; and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryi sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract in a delayed manner Examples of materials which can be useful for delaying release of the active agent can include polymeric substances and waxes.
Compositions for rectal or vagina! administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-irritating carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vagina! cavity and release the active compound.
Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropy! alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, beπzy! benzoate, propylene glycol, 1 ,3- butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryS alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound of this invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants or patches, A desired compound of the invention is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required. Ophthalmic formulation, ear drops, eye ointments, powders and solutions are also contemplated as being within the scope of this invention.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to an active compound of this invention, animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays can contain, in addition to the compounds of this invention, lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays can additionally contain customary propeliants such as chiorofiuorohydrocarbons.
Compounds of the invention may also be administered in the form of liposomes. As is known in the art, liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are formed by mono- or mutti- lamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically acceptable and metaboiizabSe lipid capable of forming liposomes may be used. The present compositions in liposome form may contain, in addition to the compounds of the invention, stabiiizers, preservatives, and the like. The preferred lipids are the natural and synthetic phospholipids and phosphatidylcholines (lecithins) used separately or together.
Methods to form liposomes are known in the art. See, for example, Prescott, Ed., Methods in Cell Biology, Volume XIV, Academic Press, New York, N Y., (1976), p 33 et seq.
Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, sprays, ointments and inhalants. The active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers or propeliants, which can be required. Opthalmic formulations, eye ointments, powders and solutions are contemplated as being within the scope of this invention Aqueous liquid compositions comprising compounds of the invention also are contemplated.
The compounds of the invention can be used in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or amides derived from inorganic or organic acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters and amides", as used herein, refer to carboxylate salts, amino acid addition salts, zwitterions, esters and amides of compounds of formulae (I)-(XI) which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, ailergic response, and the like, are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well-known in the art. The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention or separately by reacting a free base function with a suitable organic acid Representative acids suitable for formation of addition salts by combination with the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, ascorbic acid, (D)-tartaric acid, (L)-tartaric acid, maleic acid, phosphoric acid, citric acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and trifluoroacetic acid. Other acids include acetic, adipic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, benzenesulfonic, 4-methylbenzenesulfonic, camphorsulfonic, proprionic, hydrobromic, glucuronic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, naphthylene sulfonic, lactic, fumaric, oxalic, and succinic acid. Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; dialky! sulfates such as dimethyl, diethyl, dtbutyl and diamyl sulfates; long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; arySalkyl halides such as benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained
Basic addition salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of compounds of this invention by reacting a carboxylic acid-containing moiety with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable meta! cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, cations based on alkali metals or alkaline earth metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts, and the like, and nontoxic quaternary ammonia and amine cations including ammonium, tetramethylarnmonium, tetraethylammonium, methyiamine, dimethyiamine, trimethylamine, triefhylamine, diethylamide, ethyiamine and the such as. Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethyienediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable ester", as used herein, refers to esters of compounds of the invention which hydrolyze in vivo and include those that break down readily in the human body to leave the parent compound or a salt thereof Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic esters of the invention include d-to-Ce a!ky! esters and C5-Io-C7 cycloaikyl esters, although Cr to-C4 alkyl esters are preferred Esters of the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared according to conventional methods For example, such esters may be appended onto hydroxy groups by reaction of the compound that contains the hydroxy group with acid and an alkyicarboxylsc acid such as acetic acid, or with acid and an arylcarboxyϋc acid such as benzoic acid. In the case of compounds containing carboxylic acid groups, the pharmaceutically acceptable esters are prepared from compounds containing the carboxyiic acid groups by reaction of the compound with base such as triethyiamine and an alkyl haiide, alkyl trifitate, for example with methyliodide, benzyl iodide, cyclopentyl iodide. They also may be prepared by reaction of the compound with an acid such as hydrochloric acid and an alcohol such as ethanoi or methanol.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable amide", as used herein, refers to non-toxic amides of the invention derived from ammonia, primary Crto-C6 alkyl amines and secondary d-to-Cβ diafkyl amines. In the case of secondary amines, the amine may also be in the form of a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom Amides derived from ammonia, Ct-to-C3 alkyl primary amides and CHa-C2 diaiky! secondary amides are preferred . Amides of the compounds of formulae (I)-(Xi) may be prepared according to conventional methods. Pharmaceutically acceptable amides are prepared from compounds containing primary or secondary amine groups by reaction of the compound that contains the amino group with an alkyl anhydride, aryl anhydride, acyl halide, or aryl acid chloride. In the case of compounds containing carboxylic acid groups, the pharmaceutically acceptable esters are prepared from compounds containing the carboxylic acid groups by reaction of the compound with base such as triethyiamine, a dehydrating agent such as dicyclohexyi carbodiimide or carbonyl diimidazole, and an alkyl amine, dialkylamine, for example with methylamine, diethylamide, piperidine. They also may be prepared by reaction of the compound with an acid such as sulfuric acid and an alkylcarboxylic acid such as acetic acid, or with acid and an arylcarboxylic acid such as benzoic acid under dehydrating conditions as with molecular sieves added. The composition can contain a compound of the invention in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug.
A prodrug of a suitable histamine H4 receptor ligand also may be incorporated into a desired composition. The term "prodrug" or "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug", as used herein, represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and Sower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use. Prodrugs of the invention may be rapidly transformed in vivo to a parent compound of formula (I), for example, by hydrolysis in blood, A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, V. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press (1987), hereby incorporated by reference.
The invention contemplates pharmaceutically active compounds either chemically synthesized or formed by in vivo biotransformation to a suitable histamine H4 receptor ligand. Methods of the Invention
Histamine H4 receptor Sigands modulate the activity of histamine H4 receptors, particularly by histamine H4 receptor antagonism, agonism, partial agoπism, or inverse agonism. In particular, the compounds and compositions of the invention can be used for treating and preventing pain disorders modulated by histamine H4 receptor. Typically, such disorders can be ameliorated by modulating histamine H4 receptors in a mammal, preferably by administering a compound or composition of the invention, either alone or in combination with another active agent, for example, as part of a therapeutic regimen. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other mammals oral administration, by injection, including by intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intra-arterial, and intradermal injection. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other mammals topically (as by powders, lotions, ointments or drops applied to the skin), bucalSy, or inhaled, as an oral or nasal spray. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered to humans and other mammals intrarectally, intravaginaliy. The term "parenteraliy," as used herein, refers to modes of administration which include intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intrastemal, subcutaneous and intraarticular Actual dosage levels of active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active compound(s) that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, compositions and mode of administration The selected dosage level will depend upon the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the severity of the condition being treated and the condition and prior medical history of the patient being treated. However, it is within the skill of the art to start doses of the compound at levels lower than required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. When used in the above or other treatments, a therapeutically effective amount of one of the compounds of the invention can be employed in pure form or, where such forms exist, in pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, amide or prodrug form. Alternatively, the compound can be administered as a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound of interest in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The phrase "therapeutically effective amount" of the compound of the invention means a sufficient amount of the compound to treat disorders, at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and compositions of the invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of the compound at levels lower than required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved-
Administering the histamine H4 receptor iigand, or composition comprising the iigand, provides a method of treating a condition or disorder of pain
Examples of such pain conditions and disorders include, but are not limited to, inflammatory pain, hyperalgesia, inflammatory hyperalgesia, migraine, cancer pain, osteoarthritis pain, post-surgical pain, non-inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, sub-categories of neuropathic pain including peripheral neuropathic pain syndromes, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, complex regional pain syndrome, HlV sensory neuropathy, neuropathy secondary to tumor infiltration, painful diabetic neuropathy, phantom limb pain, postherpetic neuralgia, postmastectorny pain, trigeminal neuralgia, central neuropathic pain syndromes, central poststroke pain, multiple sclerosis pain, Parkinson disease pain, and spinal cord injury pain More particularly, the method is useful for treating inflammatory pain, osteoarthritis pain, post surgical pain, and neuropathic pain
The method more particularly is useful for treating or preventing conditions and disorders related to neuropathic pain Neuropathic pain comprises various sub-types of neuropathic pain including, but not limited to, for example, peripheral neuropathic pain syndromes, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, complex regional pain syndrome, HIV sensory neuropathy, neuropathy secondary to tumor infiltration, painful diabetic neuropathy, phantom limb pain, postherpetic neuralgia, postrnastectomy pain, trigeminal neuralgia, central neuropathic pain syndromes, central poststroke pain, multiple sclerosis pain, Parkinson disease pain, and spinal cord injury pain.
Histamine H4 receptor ligands and compositions comprising the same can be administered in accordance with a method of the invention, typically as part of a therapeutic regimen for treatment or prevention of conditions and disorders related to pain and modulated by histamine H4 receptor activity This aspect of the invention relates to the treatment of pain by the method of the use of the histamine H4 ligands in combination with one or more therapeutic agents selected from histamine H3 antagonists (such as ABT-239), NSAiDS (such as ibuprofen) including, COX-2 inhibitors (such as celecoxib), anti-nociceptive opiate agonists {such as morphine), anti-nociceptive alpha adrenergic agonists (such as dexmedetomidine), TRPV 1 antagonists, nicotinic agonists such as nicotinic agonists such as ABT-418 or (1 S,5S)-3-(5,6-dichloro-3-pyridinyl)-3,6- diazobicyclo[3,2.0]heptane, CB-1 agonists, GB-2 agonists, P2X7 antagonists, metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists, anticonvulsants such as gabapentin or pregabilin, and tricyclic antidepressants such as arnitriptyϋne.
For treatment or prevention of disease, the total daily dose of the compounds of this invention administered to a human or lower animal may range from about 5 to about 500 micromoles/kg of body weight For purposes of oral administration, more preferable doses can be in the range of from about 30 to about 500 micromoles/kg body weight If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration; consequently, single dose compositions may contain such amounts or submuitiples thereof to make up the daily dose. Particularly preferred compounds for the method include, but are not limited to, 4-[2-amino-6-(4-methyl-piperaz!n-1-y!)-pyrimidin-4-yl]- benzonitrile; 4-{4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 5- chloro-1 H-indol-2-yl)-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methanone; 4-((R)-3-amino- pyrrolidin-i-yO-βJ-dihydro-δH-benzofθJlcycloheptati ^-dlpyrimidin^-ylamine^- piperazin'i-yl-ej-clihydro-SH-benzotθJjcydoheptati ^-dJpyrimidin^-ylamine; and 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1-yl)~6,7-dihydro-5H-beπzot6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1'yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-|4-{2- dimethy!amino-ethy!)-piperazin-1-yl]-pyrimidin-2"ylamiπe; 4-tert-Butyl-6-[4-(3- dimethylamtno-propy!)-piperazin- 1 -yI]-pyrimidin-2-ylannine; 4-Chloro-6-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylarnine; 6-tert-Buty!-N4-(2-dimethylamino-ethyl)- pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 6-tert-Butyl-N4-(2-dimethylamino-ethyl)-N4-methyl- pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 6-tert-Butyl-N4-(3-dimethylarnino-propyl)-N4-methy!- pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-(4-methyl-pipeπdirι-1-yl)-pyπmidin-2- yiamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-Methy!-6-(4- methyl-piperazin"1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-Methoxy-6-{4-methyi-piperazin-1-yl)- pyrimidin-2-ylamiπe; 6-(4-Methyi-piperazirv 1 -yt)-pyrimidiπe-2,4-diamine; 4,6-Bis- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)~pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-tert-Buty!-6-(2-dimethylamino- ethoxy)-pyπmidin-2-ylamine; 4-Adamantan-1 -yl-6-{4-methyi-piperazin-1-yi)- pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4~Methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-phenyl-pyrimidin-2-ytamine; 4- (4'Methy!-piperazin-1"y!)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1~yi)-6-p-tolyl- pyrimidin~2-ylarnine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yt)-6-m-toiyl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4- (4-Methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-o-tolyl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-{4-Methoxy-phenyi)-6-(4- methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-(3-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yJ}-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-(4-methy!-piperaziπ-1- yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-6-{4"methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidtn- 2-yiamine; 4-(3-Ch!oro-phenyi)-6-(4-methyl-ptperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4- Biphenyi-4-yl-6-{4-methyl-piperaziπ-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl- piperazin-1 -yl)-6-naphthalen"2-yl-pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4~(4-Methyl-piperazin- 1 -y!)- 6-naphthalen-1-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-{4-Methyl-piperaziπ-1-yl)-6-pyridin-4~yl- pyrimidin-2-ylarnine; 4-Biphenyl-3-yl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-2- ylamlne; 4-Bipheny!-2-yl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2"yiamine; 4-tert- Butyl-6-(1 -methyi-1 ^^.θ-tetrahydro-pyridin^-yO-pyrimidin^-yiamine; 4-tert-Butyl- 6-(1-methyI-piperidin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-{1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydro- pyridin-4-y!)-pyπmidiri-2-ylamine; 2'-Methoxy-6~(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)- [4,5']bipyrimidinyl~2-y!amine; 5-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin~4- yl]-1-methy!-1 H-pyπdin-2-one; 4-(6'Methoxy-pyπdin-3-yl)-6-{4-nnethyi-piperazin-1- yl)-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; β^-Methyl-piperazin-i-yO-^.δ'Jbipyrimidinyi^ylamine; 4-(6-Fluoro-pyridin-3-y!)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2~ylamine; 4-(4- Methyi-piperazin- 1 -yl)-6-( 1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl}-pyrimidin-2-yIamine; 4-(2,6- Difluoro-pyrid!n-3-yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperaziπ-1-yl)~pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 5-[2-Amino- 6-(4-methyi-piperazin-1 -yi)-pyrimidin-4-yI]-nicotinonitrile; 4-{2,6-Dimethoxy~ phenyl)-6-(4-methy!~piperazin- 1 -y!)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methoxy-pyridin-3- yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperaztn-1-yl)-pyrimidirι-2-ylamine; 4~(4-Methyl-piperazin~1-yl)-6- pyrro!idiπ-1 -yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-lodo-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2- yiamine; 4-{4-Methyl-ptperazin-1-yl)~6-(4-phenyl-imidazol-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2- yiamine; 1-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yS)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-imidazo!idin-2-one; 4-{1-Methyi-1 ,2,3,6-tetrahydro-pyridin~4-yl)-6-pyrrolidin~1-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-( 1 -Methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-6-pyrroiidin-1 -yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(2,7-Diaza- spiro[3-5]non-7-y!)-pyrimidin-2-y!arτiine; 5-Methy!-4-(4~methyl-ptperazin-1-y!)- pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-[2-Amino-5-methyi-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yi)--pyrimidin-4- ylj-benzonitrile; 5-Methoxy-4-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamtne; 4-(4- Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-5-pheπy!-pyrimidin'2~ylamine; 4-[2-Amino-5-methoxy-6-(4- methyl-piperazin-1-yf)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzonitnle; 4-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-5-pheny!-pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzonitrile; 4-(4-Methyi-piperazin-1 ~yi)-6- (2-methylsuIfany!-phenyS)-pyπ'midin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-6-(4~ methylsulfanyl-pheny!)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 3-t2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperaziπ-1- yi}-pyrsmidin-4-y!]-1 ,5,5-trimethyl-imidazo!idine-2,4-dione; 1 -[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl- piperaziπ-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-4-y!3-3-methyl-imidazolidin-2-one; 1 -[2-Amino-6-{4- methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-4-y!]-3-methyl~1 ,3-dihydro-beπzoimidazol-2-one; 1 -[2-Amino-6-(4-methyi-piperazit> 1 -yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-1 ,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol- 2-one; 6-(4-Methyl-pϊperazin-1-yl)-N4-pheny!-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; N4-Methyl- 6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-N4-phenyl-pyrimidine-2,4'diamine; 4-(4-Methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-6-morphoIin~4-y!-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-{4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6- pipeπdin-i-yl-pyrimidin-2-ytamine; 4-{3-Dimethylamino-pyrroiidin-1-yi)-6"(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yi)-pyrimidin-2-ylamiπe; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-piperazin~1-yl- pyrimidiπ-2-yfamine; {(S)-1 -[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin~ 1 -yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]~ pyrrolidin-2-yi}-methanol; 1-[2-Amino-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrirnidin-4-yl]- pyrrolidin-3-ol; 4-(4-Methyl-piperaziπ-1-yl)-6-(2-methyl-pyrro!idiπ"1 ~y!)-pyrimidin-2- yiamine; N4~Methyl-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; N4.N4- Diethyl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; N4,N4-Dimethy!~6-(4~ methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2(4-diamine; N4-Benzyl-N4-methyi-6-(4-methyl- piperaziπ-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 4-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yi}- pyrimidin-4-yl]-imidazo!e-1 -sulfonic acid dimethylamide; 3-[2-Arnino-6-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidtn-4-yi]-benzonitrile; 2-[2-Amino-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yl)- pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzonitrife; 4-(4-Methyi~piperazin-1-y!)-6-(1 H-pyrazoi-4-yl)- pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-{1 H-lmidazol-4-yI)-6"(4-methyi-p!perazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine; 4-(1 -Methyl- 1 H-imidazo!-4-yl)-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin~2- ylamine; 4-f2-Amino-6-{(3aR,6aS)-5-methyl-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2-yl)- pyrirnidin-4-y!]-benzonitrile; 4-Piperazin-1 -yl-6-pyridirι-3-yl-pyπmidin-2-ylamine; A- (2-Amino-6-piperaziπ- 1 -y!-pyrimidin-4~yl)-benzonitri!e; 2-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl- piperazin-l-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yi3-phenol; 4-[2-Amiπo-6-(4-cycfopropy!methy!- ptperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzonitrile; [(S)-I -(2"Amino-6-piperazin- 1 -yl- pyrirnidin-4-yl)"pyrrolidin-2~yl]-methanoi; 4-(6-Methoxy-pyrιdin-3-yl)-6-piperazin-1- yl-pyrimidin-2-ylarnine; 4-(3"lodo-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1~yi)-pyrimidin-2- yiamine; 4-{4-lodo-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl-piρerazιn-1~yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-tert- Buty!-2-methoxy-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine; 4~tert-Butyl-6-pipeiϊdin~4- yl-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-(2,6-Dirnethy!-pyridin-3-yi)-6-(4-methyi-piperazin-1-yi)- pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(3,5-Dimethyi-1 H-pyrazo!-4-yl)-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)- pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-(4-Methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(1 , 3, 5~tri methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-4- yl)-pyrimidin-2-yIamine; 4-(2-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -y!)- pyrimidiπ-2-y!amine; 4-lmidazo!-1 -yl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2- yiamine; N4-Azetidin-3-y!-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 1 ~[2-Amino-6-(4-rnethyl- piperazin-1-yi)~pyrimidin-4-yl]-1 H-pyridin-2--one; 4-(4~Chloro-imidazol-1-yl)-6-(4- methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; {1 -[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 - yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-methanol; 4-Ch!oro-6-{4-methy!-piperazin-1- yl)-pyrimidtne-2,5-diamine; 4-Chloro-5~methyl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl)- pyrimidiπ-2-ylamine; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin~ 1 -y!)-pyrimidine~2,5-diamine; 4- Benzoimidazoi-1-yi-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrim!diπ-2-ylamine; 2-[2-Amino-6- (4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-2H-pyridazin-3-one; N4-Benzyl-6-(4- methyl-piperazin- 1 -yi)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; and 4-Piperazin- 1 -yl-pyrimidin-2- ylamine.
More particularly preferred compounds include, but are not limited to, 4-[2- amino-6~{4-methy!-pipera2in-1-yl)-pyrimidin~4-yl3-benzonitri!e; 4-(4-Methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-6-pyridin-3-yi~pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 5-chloro-1H-indol-2-yl}-{4- methyf-piperaziπ-1-yl)-methanone; 4~((R)~3-amino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cycIohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-y!amine; 4-piperazin-1-yl~6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2~d]pyπmidiπ-2-ylamiπe; and 4-(3-methy!amino-azetidin-1- ylJ-δJ-dihydro-δH-benzofδJjcycloheptaCI^-djpyrimidin^-ylarnine.
Methods for Preparing Assayed Compounds
Compounds within the scope of suitable histamine H4 receptor ligands as described above were prepared and assayed to evaluate the activity of such compounds. The preparation of these compounds can be better understood in connection with the previous synthetic Schemes and Examples which illustrate a means by which the compounds can be prepared
Abbreviations which have been used in the descriptions of the schemes and the examples that follow are: Boc for butyloxycarbonyl; DMF for N1N- dimethylformamide; EtOAc for ethyl acetate; EtOH for ethanoi; MeOH for methanol; MeI for iodomethane; MCPBA for 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid; Ms for methanesulfony!; Pd for palladium; tBu for tert-butyl; TEA for triethylamine; Tf for trifJuσrornethanesuifonyl; TFA for trifluoroacetic acid; THF for tetrahydrofuran; Ts for para-toluenesuifonyl;TsCI for para-toluenesulfonyl chloride; and rt for "room temperature" or ambient temperature suitably ranging 17-300C As identifiers of compounds available from descriptions reported in the literature or available commercially, CAS numbers may be used; CAS numbers are identifier numbers assigned to compounds by Chemical Abstracts Service of the American Chemical Society, and are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
EXAMPLES
Figure imgf000088_0001
Example 1 4-f2-Amino-6-f4-methylpiperaziri-1-yl)pyrimidtn-4-yl)benzonitrile, maleate
Figure imgf000088_0002
Example 1A 4-Chioro-6-(4-methvipiperazin-1-v0pyrim)din-2-amine
2-Amιno-4,6-dichforopyrimidine (15 g, 91 mmol) was treated with 1- methylpiperazine (10.1 g, 100 mmol), treated with Et3N (90 mL, 0.64 mol), treated with EtOH (185 mL), heated to 80 0C over night, cooled, concentrated and partitioned between CH2CI2 (100 mL) and 1 M NaOH (125 mL), The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (4 x 100 mL). The combined CH2CI2 layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered, concentrated and crystallized from EtOAc to provide 14.9 g (71 %) of the title compound. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.45 (m, 4H), 360 (m, 4H), 4.82 (s, 2H)1 5.96 (s, 1 H);MS (DCI-NH3) m/z 228 (WHH)+
Example 1B
4-(2"Amino-6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-vS)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzonitriie, rnaleate
Example 1 A (11 ,2 g, 49 mmol) was treated with 4-cyanophenylboronic acid
(108 g, 74 mmoi), treated with 1,2-dimethoxyethane (150 rnL), treated with 2 M Na2CO3 (54 mL, 108 mrnoi) and the atmosphere of the reaction was purged with nitrogen. The mixture was treated with tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)pal!adium(0) (4.5 g, 3.9 mmo!), heated to 90 0C over night under nitrogen, cooled to ambient temperature, treated with 1 M NaOH (125 ml) and extracted with CH2CI2 (250 mL and then 3 x 100 mL). The combined CH2CI2 layers were dried (MgSO4), filtered, concentrated and chrornatographed on silica gel eiuting with a gradient of 2 and 3.5 % (9:1 MeOH. saturated aqueous NH4OH) in CH2CI2 to provide 12 7 g (88 %) of the title compound as a free base. This free base (12.7 g, 43 mmol) was suspended in acetone (100 mL), treated with a solution of maieic acid (5.0 g, 43 mmol) in acetone and the salt started to fall out of solution. This mixture was heated to reflux for 10 minutes with mixing and allowed to stand at ambient temperature over night. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with acetone and dried over night under vacuum to provide 15.6 g of the title compound. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) S 2.79 (s, 3H) 3,20 (bs, 4H) 3.31 (bs, 4H) 6.04 (s, 2H) 6.39 (s, 2H) 6.83 (s, 1 H) 7 95 (d, J=8.48 Hz, 2H) 8.24 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 2H); MS (DCI-NH3) m/z 258 (M+H)+ mp 187-190 0C (dec.)
Figure imgf000089_0001
Example 2 4-f4-Methyipiperazin-1-yl)-6-(pyhdin-3-yl)pyrimidin~2-amine, maieate
The title compound was prepared using the procedure outlined in Example 1 B substituting 3-pyridineboronic acid for 4-cyanophenylboronic acid ,
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 2 78 (s, 3H), 3.19 (bs, 4H), 3.32 (bs, 4H), 6.04 (s, 2H), 6.38 (S1 2H), 6.81 (S, 1 H), 7.50 {dddf J=7.88, 4.83, 0.85 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (dt, J=8 14, 2 03 Hz, 1 H), 8.65 (dd, J=4,75, 1 ,70 Hz, 1 H), 9 22 (dd, J=2.37, 0.68 Hz, I H); MS (DCI-NH3) m/z 271 (M+H)+ mp 175-178 0C (dec.)
Example 3. 5-Chloro-1 H-indoi-2-vπ-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methanone
5-Chloro-1 H-indol-2-yl)-(4--methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-methaπone is a compound of generic structure (II) with reported histamine H4 receptor antagonist activity (see Jablonowski, et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2003) v. 46, pp. 3957-3960, and Thurmond, et aL Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (2004), voL 309, pp. 404-413. This compound, also known as JNJ- 7777120, is commercially available from Sigma as catalog F J3770, Chemical Abstracts number 459168-41-3.
Figure imgf000090_0001
Example 4
4-((3R)-3-Amino-pyrroiidin-1-vn-6,7-dihvdro-5H-benzof6,7lcvcloheptari,2- dipyrimidin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000090_0002
Example 4A Methyl 5-oxo-6,7,8t9-tetrahvdro-5H-benzo[71annulene-6-carboxylate
A solution of dimethyl carbonate (20 mL) was treated with NaH (3 g, 60% dispersed in oil, 75 mmol) and heated to 85 0C, To the mixture was dropwise added a solution of bezosuberoπe (3 g, 18 75 mmol) in dimethyl carbonate (10 mL). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 3 hours, cooled to 0 0C, quenched with HCI (1N) (100 mL) and extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed with NaHCO3 and brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to provide the title compound as a brownish oil.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 2.06-2.13 (m, 4H), 2,64 (t, J =6 Hz, 2 H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 7,20- 7.23 (m, 1 H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.61-7,64 (m, 1 H), 12 6 (s, 1 H); MS (M+H)+ m/z 219
Figure imgf000091_0001
Example 4B
2-/3uτtino-6,7-dihvdro-5^-beπzof6,7]cvcloheptaf1 ,2-£/|Pyrimidin-4-ol
A solution of the product from Example 4A (4 2 g, est. 18 mmol), guanidine chloride (7.1 g , 72,8 mmol), and K2CO3 (10.8 g, 78 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was heated to 125 0C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled and the solids were removed by filtration. The solids were washed with EtOAc. The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was passed through silica gel pad eiuting with EtOAcrhexanes (8:2) and then with IvIeOH-EtOACiCH2CI2 (10:45:45) to provide the title compound as a white solid (2-8 g),
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 2.08-2.17 (m, 2H), 2 27 (t, J =6 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (t, J =6 Hz, 2H), 7 25-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.36 (m, 2H), 7,56-7 59 (m, 1 H). MS (M+H)+ rn/z 228.
Figure imgf000092_0001
Example 4C
2-Amino-6,7-dShvdro-5H-benzo[6,71cvciQheptaπ ,2-ofiPyrimidin-4-vi 4- methyibenzeπesulfQnaie
The product from Example 4B (2.8g, 12 3 rnmoi) was suspended in CHzCl2 (100 ml_), treated with TsCI (4.7 g, 24 6 mmoi), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (46 mg, 1.2 mmoi), and triethylamine (4.3 mL, 31 mmoi). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, diluted with CH2CI2, washed with H2O, dried (MgSCM ), concentrated and chromatographed on silica ge! eluting with EtOAc:Hexanes:CH2Cl2 ( 15:45:45 ) to provide the title product (3 g) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 2.08(p, J=6 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (t, J =6 Hz, 2H)1 2.47 (s, 3H), 2,52 (t, J =6 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7,28 (m, 1H), 7.33-743 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J ~9Hz, 2H), 7.57- 7,6 (m. 1 H), 7.98 (d, J -9 Hz, 2H). MS (M+H)+ m/z 382.
Figure imgf000092_0002
Example 4D
4-((3R)-3-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)Amino-pyrrolidin-1-vO-6,7-dihvdro-5H- benzof6,7lcvcloheptaf1,2-d|pyrimidin-2-ylamine A solution of the product from Example 4C (1 ,5 g, 3.93 mrnol), (R)-tert- butyl pyrroiidin-3-ylcarbamate (CAS #: 122536-77-0) (1.1 g, 5 9 mmol) and triethyiamine (0,9 ml, 5.9 mmol) in acetonitriie (35 mL) was heated to 80 0C for 16 hours The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc, washed with H2O and brine, dried (MgSCXj), concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate to provide the title compound. 1H NMR (CDCi3) δ 1.46(s, 9H)1 1.85-1.96 (m, 1 H), 2.27-2.41 (m, 2 H), 2.64 (t, J =6 Hz, 2H), 3.46-3.51 (m, 1 H), 3 62-3.78 (m, 2 H), 3 84 -3 9 (m, 1 H)1 4.27 (bs, 1 H), 4.65 (bs, 2 H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 1 H), 7.3-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.74-7.77 (m, 1 H), MS (M+H)+ m/z 396.
Example 4E
4-ffR)-3-Amino-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7-dihvdro-5H-benzof6,71cvcioheptari ,2- dlpyrimidin-2-ylamine
A solution of the product from Example 4D (68 mg, 0.17 mmol) in CH2CI2 (3 mL) was treated with trifiuoroacetic acid (0.2 mL) and stirred for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with CH2CI2, washed HaO, dried, concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel efuting with eluting with NH4OH/MeOH/CH2Cl2 (0.8/8/92) to provide the title compound.
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 1.79 (m, 1 H), 2.10 - 2.25 (m, 3H), 2.35 (t, J=6.95 Hz, 2H), 2,65 (t, ./=6.78 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (dd, J=10.51 , 5.42 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (m, 1 H), 3.82 (m, 2H), 7.25 (no, 1 H), 7.34 (m, 2H), 7 63 (m, 1 H). MS (M+H)+ m/z 296
Figure imgf000093_0001
Example 5 4-Piperazin-1 -yl-6,7-dihvdro-5H-benzo[6,71cvcloheptaπ ,2-dipyrirnidin-2-ylamine The title compound was prepared using the procedures described in the Examples 4D and 4E substituting piperazine for (R)-tert-butyl pyrrolidin-3- ylcarbarnate.
1H NMR (CD3OD) 5 2 17 - 2.35 (m, 4H), 2.65 (t, J=6.61 Hz, 2H)1 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.39 (m, 4H)1 7.26 {m, 1 H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 1 H)
Figure imgf000094_0001
Example 6
4-(3-Methylamino-azetidin-1-ylV6J-dihvdro-5H-benzo[6J"[cycloheptaf1 ,2- dipyrimidin-2-ylamine
The title compound was prepared using the procedures described in the Example 4D and 4E substituting tert-butyl azetidin-3-yl(methyl)carbamate (CAS #: 577777-20-9) for (R)-tert-buty! pyrrolidin-3-ylcarbamate.
1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 2.06 - 2.27 (m, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.60 (t, J=6.78 Hz, 2H), 3,63 (m, 1 H), 3.99 (dd, J=9.32, 4.92 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (dd, J=8.99, 7,63 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (m, 1 H), 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.59 (m, 1 H). MS (M+H)+ m/z 296.
Figure imgf000094_0002
Example 7
Sulfamide, N-[(3,4-dichloropheny!)methyl]-N'-[2-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)ethyl]-
2-Chloroethanoi (0.6 g, 7.4 mmol) was added dropwise solution of chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (1.05 g, 7.4 mmol; Chemical Abstracts number 1 189-71- 5) in CH2Ci2 at 0 0C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, then 2-(1-trityl-1 H-imidazol-4-yl)-ethylamine (2.9 g, 7.4 mmol) and triethylamine (4 mL) were added dropwise, keeping the reaction temperature below 5 0C, The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, then was quenched with 1 -Normal aqueous HCI and extracted with CH2CI2 The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO4, and concentrated to yield the crude title product that was used in the next step.
To a suspension of the product from the previous step (2.0 g, 4,0 mmoi) and triethylamine (0.5 mL) in acetonitrile was added 3,4-dichlorobenzylamine (0.7 g, 4 mrriQl; Chemical abstracts number 102-49-8) and the reaction mixture was heated at refux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and partitioned between water and dichloromethane The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and purified by chromatography, eluttng with gradient of 0-5% methane in dichloromethane. The tritylated product obtained (1.5 g) was dissolved in THF and treated with 2-Normal aqueous HCI, and heated at reflux for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and partitioned in H2O/ EtOAc The organic layer was discarded, and the aqueous layer was then basified with NaOH soiution and extracted with DCM containing 1 % MeOH to yield the title product.
1H NMR (DMSO-D6) δ 2.65 (t, J=7.54 Hz, 2 H), 3.03 (m, 2 H), 3.99 (d, J=6,35 Hz, 2 H), 6.80 (s, 1 H), 7,05 (t, J=5.55 Hz1 1 H), 7.32 (dd, J=8.33, 198 Hz, 1 H), 7 49 (t, 1 H), 7,52 (S, 1 H)7.57 (m, 2 H). Mass spectrum MS (M+H) at m/z = 349.
Additional compounds that are histamine H4 receptor ligands are, for example: 4-tert-Butyl-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidiπ-2"ylamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-[4-(2-dimethyJamino-ethyi)-piperazin-1-yl]-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 6-tert-Butyl-N4-(2-dimethyiamino-ethyl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine; 4-tert-Butyl-6-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-Methyl-6-{4-methy!-pφerazin~1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine
6-(4-Methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidiπe-2,4-diamine;
4,6-Bis~(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-tert-Butyl-6-(2-dimethylamino-ethoxy)~pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-Adamantan-1-yl-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine
4-{4-Methyl-pιperazin-1-y!)~6-phenyl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4~(4-Methyl-piperazin-1 ~ yi)-pyrimidin-2-yIamine;
4-(4-Methyl-piperaziι> 1 -yl)-6-p-tolyl-pyrimidin-2-ytamine;
4-(4-Methyl-ρiperazin-1-yl)-6-m-tolyi-pyrimfdin-2-ylamiπe; 4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-o-toly!-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(4-Methoxy-phenyt)-6-(4-methyi-piperazin-1'yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!amine;
4-(3-Methoxy-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(2-Methoxy-pheny])-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidiπ-2-ylaιτi!ne;
4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl~piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yIamiπe; 4-(3~Chloro-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrim!din-2-ylamine;
4-Biphenyl-4-yl'6~(4-methyt-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(4-Methyi-piperazin-1-yl)-6-naphthalen-2-y!-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(4-Methyl-piperaziπ-1-yi)-6-naphthaien-1-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-pyridin-4-yl-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 4-Biphenyi-3-yl-6-{4-methyl-piperaziπ-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-Bipheπyi-2-y!-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1'y!)~pyrimidin-2-y!amine;
5-[2-Amino-6-(4--methy!-piperazin-1 -yl)'pyrimidin-4-yl]-1 "iτiethyl-1 H-pyridin-2-one;
4-(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(6-Fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-y!annine; 4-(4-Methyi-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-( 1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazo!-4-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-
(2,6-Difiuoro-pyridin~3-yi)-6-{4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2~ylamiπe; 5-[2-
Amino-6-(4-methyl-pjperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-y!]-nicotinonitrile;
4-(2,6-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(4-Methoxy-pyndin-3-yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperaz!n-1-yi)-pyrirnidin-2-ylam!'ne; 4-(4-Methyi-piperazin-1 -yl)-6-pyrrolidin-1 -y!-pyrimidin-2-y!amine;
4-lodo-6-{4-methyl-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-2-ylamiπe;
5-Methyl-4-{4-methy!-piperazin-1-yt)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-[2-Arnino-5"methyl-6-(4-methy!-pipera2in-1~yl)-pyπmidin-4-y!3-benzonitrile; 5- IMethoxy-4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yiamine;
4-[2-Amino-5-methoxy-6-(4'methyi-piperazin-1-y!)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzoπitrile;
4-(4-Methyl-piperazin--1-y!)-6-(2-methyJsulfanyl-phenyl)-pyrimidirι-2-ylamine; 4--(4-
Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-6-(4-methylsulfaπyl-pheπyi)-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; 6~(4- Methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-N4-phenyl-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine;
N4-Methyl-6-{4-methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-N4~pheny!-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine;
4-(4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-6-morpholin-4-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-{4-Methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-6-piperidin-1-yl~pyrimidin-2-yiamine;
{(S)-1 -[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yi)-pyrimidin~4-yi]-pyrroiidin-2-yl}- methanol;
1-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]~pyrrolidin-3-ol;
4-(4-Methyi-piperazin-1-y!)-6-(2-methyi-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-2-yiamine; N4-
Methy!-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamiπe;
N4,N4-Diethy!-6-{4-methyi-piperazin-1-yi)-pyrirπidine-2,4-diamine; N4,N4-Dimethyl-6-(4-methyi-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2,4~dtamine;
N4-Benzyl-N4-methyl-6-(4-methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidine-2,4-diamine;
4-[2-Arnino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-imidazoie-1 -sulfonic acid dimethylamide;
3-[2-Arnino-6-{4~methyi-piperazin-1-yi)-pyrirτiidin-4-yi]-benzonitrile; 2-[2-Amino-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 ~yt)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzonitri!e;
4-(4-Methyf-piperazin-1-yi)-6~(1 H-pyrazol-4-yi)-pyπmidin-2-ylamiπe;
4-( 1 H-lmidazol-4-yl)-6-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yi)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-(1 -Methyl- 1 H-imidazol-4-y!)-6-(4~methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-ySamine;
4-Piperazin-1 -y!-6-pyridin-3-yi-pyrimidin-2'y!amine; 4-(2-Amino-6-ptperazin"1 -yi-pyrimidirι-4-yl)-benzonitrile;
2-[2-Arnino-6-(4-methyi-piperazin'1-yl)-pyrimfdin-4-yi]-phenol;
[(S)~1-(2-Amino-6-piperaziπ-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-y!)-pyrrolidin-2-yS]-methanol;
4-(6-Methoxy-pyrid!n-3-yl)-6"piperazin-1-yl-pyrimidin-2-y!amine;
4-(3-lodo-phenyl)-6-(4-methyi-piperazin-1-yl)-pyπmidin-2-ylamine; 4-(4-!odo-pheny!)-6-{4-methyi-piperazin-1 -yl)-pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-({R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin-1-yl}-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine;
4-piperazin-1-yl-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; and
4-(3-methy!amino-a2etidin-1"yi)-6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyGlohepta[1 ,2- d]pyrimidin-2~ylamine.
Unless otherwise described, reactions were carried out under ambient conditions (ranging 17-27 0C), under nitrogen Unless otherwise described, column chromatography means flash chromatography carried out using silica gel, a technique well known to those of ordinary skill in the art of organic synthesis.
Determination of Biological Activity
There are many methods available to show the effectiveness of compounds as histamine H4 receptor ligands. Histamine H4 receptors from mammaϋan species have been cloned. Methods to done, express, and assess the potency and functional activity of such cloned genes are well known to those skilled in the art of molecular biology. Examples of methods of cloning and expressing histamine H4 receptors, and of assessing the potency and functional activity are described in Nguyen, et a!. Molecular Pharmacology (2001 ) vol 59 pp 427-433; Zhu, et ai Molecular Pharmacology (2001 ) vol, 59 pp 434-441 ; Coge, et a! , Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications (2001 ) vol 284, pp. 301-309; Liu, et al. Molecular Pharmacology (2001 ) vol. 59 pp 420-426; Liu, et al. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (2001 ) v 299, pp 121-130; and Thurmond, et al. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (2004) v 309, pp, 404-413, In the present case, to determine the potency and effectiveness of representative compounds of this invention as histamine-H4 receptor iigands (H4 receptor ligands), the following tests were conducted according to previously described methods (see Esbenshade, et al , Biochemical Pharmacology (2004), vol. 68, pp, 933-945, and in Krueger, et a! , Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (2005) v, 314, pp. 271- 281 ): histamine H4 receptors were cloned and stably expressed in HEK-293 (human embryonic kidney) cells coexpressing a Gαqiδ, Before testing, cells are loaded with a Ca+2 sensitive fluorescent dye, in this case Fluo-4. In the case of partial agonist or agonist ligands, addition of compound to the cells leads to the increase in intracellular Ca+2 which is detected by FLIPR (Fluorescence Imaging Plate Reader; Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA) technology, In a similar manner, compounds that are antagonists, inverse agonists, block the increase in fluorescence induced by the full histamine H4 agonist histamine, and partial agonists reduce the amount of fluorescence induced by the full histamine H4 agonist histamine. The fluorescence intensities measured before addition of the test compound are subtracted from the fluorescence intensities at later time points. Peak response values determined at each concentration of ligand are expressed as a percentage of the response obtained with the full agonist histamine. Concentration versus response data are analyzed to obtain compound potency as Kb values for antagonists and inverse agonists and as EC50 values for partial agonists.
Histamine H4 ligands of the invention block the ability of histamine to increase Ca+2 concentrations in cells, and have potencies between 4 and 1000 nM.
The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values:
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
The potency of compounds of the invention in displacing 3H-histamine in competition binding assays is assessed by methods described in Esbenshade, et al,, Biochemical Pharmacology (2004), vol. 68, pp. 933-945. In this assay, membranes were prepared from HEK-293 cel!s transiently transfected with the pCINeo expression vector harboring the histamine H4 receptor by homogenization of the cells on ice in TE buffer (50 mM Tris-HCI buffer, pH 7.4, containing 5 rriM EDTA), 1 mM benzamidine, 2 μg/ml aprotinin, 1 μg/ml leupeptin, and 1 μg/ml pepstatin. The homogenate was centrifuged at 40,00Og for 20 minutes at 4 0C, This step was repeated, and the resulting pellet was resuspended in TE buffer. Aliquots were frozen at -7O0C until needed. On the day of assay, membranes were thawed and diluted with TE buffer. Competition radioligand binding assays were performed with increasing concentrations of test compound in the presence of |3H]-histamine incubated at 25°C for 1 h in a total volume of 0.5 ml of 50 mM Tris, 5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4. Ai! binding reactions were terminated by filtration under vacuum onto polyethylenimine (0.3%) presoaked Unifilters (PerkinElmer Life Sciences) or Whatman GF/B filters (Whatman, Clifton, NJ) followed by three brief washes with 4 ml of ice-cold TE buffer. Bound radiolabel was determined by liquid scintillation counting. For all of the radioligand competition binding assays, IC50 values and Hill slopes were determined by Hill transformation of the data and Ki values were determined by the Cheng-Prusoff equation.
Histamine H4 ligands of the invention displace 3H-htstamine, with potencies in competition binding assays with potencies between 0.002 and 6 micromoiar. Generally, representative compounds of the invention demonstrated potencies in the above FLIPR assay from about 4 nM to about 38000 nM, Preferred compounds of the invention have potencies at histamine-^ receptors from about 4 nM to about 200 nM. More preferred compounds of the invention have potencies at histamine H4 receptors from about 4 nM to about 40 nM
The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values:
Figure imgf000101_0001
In addition to the utility of in vitro methods for characterizing the potency of compounds at the H4 receptor, there are animal disease models available which demonstrate the utility of compounds. There are a number of methods to test the activity of compounds in different pain models that are well known to those skilled in the art. Pain states are exhibited by humans and other animals, and there are numerous animal models of pain; a review of animal models of pain is found in Joshi and Honore, Expert Opinion in Drug Discovery (2004) 1 , pp 323-334. A description of the formalin test in rats, neuropathic pain models in rats, general descriptions of methods of testing and descriptions of pain models are found in the book 'Drug Discovery and Evaluation, 2nd edition' (H. Gerhard Vogel, editor; Springer-Verlag, New York, 2002; pp 702-706). One example of human disease which may be treated relates to a novel utility for H4 antagonists, the treatment of pain The utility of histamine H4 receptor ligands to treat pain has not been reported, whether inflammatory pain, noninflammatory pain, or neuropathic pain. This invention discloses the novel utility of the compounds of the invention to treat pain, including multiple types of pain, including inflammatory pain, non -inflammatory pain, and neuropathic pain
Neuropathic pain is distinct from other types of pain (e g. inflammatory pain), and can develop in response to previous or ongoing tissue injury, nerve injury, or diabetes, but persists long after signs of the original injury or damage have disappeared Neuropathic pain is not well treated currently and therefore there is a strong need for methods to treat this particular type of pain. The topic of neuropathic pain has been reviewed in the scientific literature, for example, Smith, et al. Drug Development Research (2001 ) vol. 54(3), pp. 140-153; Collins and Chessell Expert Opinion on Emerging Drugs (2005) vol. 10(1), pp, 95-108; Vinik and Mehrabyan Medical Clinics of North America (2004), vol. 88(4), pp. 947-999; Dray, Urban, and Dickenson Trends in Pharmacological Sciences (1994) vol. 15(6) pp. 190-7; Dworkiπ Clinical Journal of Pain (2002) vol. 18(6) pp. 343-9, There do exist a number of animal models of neuropathic pain that can be used to assess the ability of the compounds of the invention to treat neuropathic pain, as discussed inter alia. Animal models of neuropathic pain are predictive of efficacy of treatment of neuropathic pain in humans. These models are used to assess the efficacy of compounds of the invention in treating neuropathic pain. Example models well known to those skilled in the art include the Chung model (Kim and Chung, Pain (1992) vol. 50 pp, 355-363) and the Bennett model (Bennett and Xie, Pain (1988) vol. 30 pp. 87-107).
Activity of histamine H4 receptor ligands in Non-inflammatory Pain Models Determination of Analgesic Effect Against Neuropathic Pain Animals were prepared for testing, by use of a surgical procedure that induces neuropathic pain in one paw. Male Sprague Dawley rats were purchased from Charles River (Portage, Ml) Prior to surgery, animals were housed in groups and maintained in a temperature-regulated environment Following nerve ligation surgery, animals were housed in groups, and had access to food and water ad libitum
The L5 and L6 spinal nerves of anesthetized rats were tightly ligated in a manner described previously (see Kim and Chung, Pain (1992) vol. 50 pp. 355- 363). An incision was made on the dorsai portion of the hip and the muscle was blunt-dissected to reveal the spinal processes. The L6 transverse process was removed, and the left side L5 and L6 spinal nerves were tightly ligated with 5.0 braided silk suture. The wound was cleaned, the membrane sewn with 4.0 dissolvable Vicryl suture and the skin closed with wound clips. The paw affected by the surgical procedure (the left paw) develops an aSlodynic response, a hypersensitivity to mechanical and other stimuli; neuropathic pain is assessed as an increased sensitivity in the surgically affected (left) allodynic paw compared to the control paw on the right side, and measured by comparing the response of the (left side) allodynic paw to the response of the unaffected right side control paw. For the assessment of neuropathic pain, mechanical allodynia in the affected paw of animals that had undergone spinal nerve ligation was evaluated using testing with von Frey filaments, As described previously by S R. Chaplan, et al ("Quantitative assessment of tactile allodynia in the rat paw" J. Neurosci. Meth. (1994) vol 53 pp. 55-63), two weeks following surgery rats were acclimated to a testing box constructed of plexiglass with a wire mesh floor which allowed access to the plantar surface of the animal's hindpaws Using an Up-Down method (Dixon, Annual Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol (1980) vol 20, pp. 441-462; Chaplan et al. "Quantitative assessment of tactile allodynia in the rat paw" J. Neuroscience Methods (1994) vol. 53 pp. 55-63), von Frey filaments of increasing stiffness were applied to the plantar surface of the hindpaws and the withdrawal response of the animals was observed; for the surgically affected paw with neuropathic pain (the left side paw) the baseline level of allodynia has a withdrawal threshold of < 4 g of pressure, By comparison, for the control paw without allodynia (in this case the right side paw), the typical withdrawal pressure is around 15 g. Representative compounds of the invention, administered intraperitoneal^ 30 minutes before testing, are able to reduce the symptoms of neuropathic pain and induce a dose-dependent increase in the withdrawal threshold for allodynic (left side) limb, up to a maximum effect of 15 g. The efficacy of the compound in reducing neuropathic pain at different doses is determined by comparing response in the surgery-affected paw versus the response in the control paw. This is expressed as the MPE (maximum percent effect), or 100 times the withdrawal threshold of the allodynic (left side) divided by the withdrawal threshold of the control (right side).
The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values.
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the mode! at doses of ranging about 30-500 micromoles/kg of body weight.
Determination of Analgesic Effect Against Neuropathic Pain The compounds demonstrate efficacy in a chronic constriction injury mode! of neuropathic pain, the so-called Bennett model (Bennett and Xie, Pain (1988) vol. 30 pp. 87-107) in rats. To prepare animals for the model, an incision of about 1 5 cm was made about 0,5 cm below the rat pelvis. The biceps femoris and the gluteous superficialis (right side) were separated and the sciatic nerve exposed, isolated, and four loose ligatures (5-0 chromic catgut) with 1 mm spacing were placed around it The rats were allowed to recover and then placed in a cage with soft bedding for 10 days before assessment of pain response to mechanical stimulus by the method described above for the Chung model. The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values:
Figure imgf000106_0001
Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 100-500 micromoles/kg of body weight.
Skin-incision Mode!
This is a surgical skin incision mode! (Joshi, et a! Pain 123 (2006) 75-82) Animals (rats) were prepared for testing by subjecting them to a surgical procedure carried out under sterile conditions, where the piantaris muscle was elevated and incised longitudinally with the origin and insertion of the muscle remaining intact. The skin was then closed with two mattress sutures (e.g. 5-0 nylon sutures). After surgery, animals were allowed to recover on a warming plate and housed individually in cages with soft bedding. After this surgery, the animals develop a hypersensitivity called allodynia; allodynia is pain due to a stimulus that does not normally provoke pain. Animals were tested for mechanical allodynia using von Frey hair mechanical stimulation 2, 24, and 48 h after surgery as described for the Chung model
The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values:
Figure imgf000107_0001
Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the mode! at doses of ranging about 30-500 micrαmoles/kg of body weight
Activity in an Osteoarthritis Model Unilateral knee joint osteoarthritis was induced in rats by a single intra- articular (i.a.) injection of sodium monoiodoacetate (MIA) (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) (3 mg in 50 ul steriie isotonic saiine) into the right knee joint cavity under light (1-3%) isoflurane anesthesia.
Pain behavior was assessed by measurement of hind limb grip force (GF) in adult osteoarthritic rats. Following the unilateral injection of MIA (male Sprague Dawley, 325-35Og, tested at 20 days following MlA injection), a behavioral measure of activity-induced pain was carried out. Measurements of the peak hind limb grip force were conducted by recording the maximum compressive force (CFmax), in grams of force, exerted on a hind limb strain gauge setup, in a commercially available grip force measurement system (Columbus Instruments, Columbus, OH).
During testing, each rat was gently restrained by grasping it around its rib cage and then allowed to grasp the wire mesh frame attached to the strain gauge The experimenter then moved the animal in a rostral-to-caudal direction until the grip was broken. Each rat was sequentially tested twice at approximately 2-3 min interval to obtain a raw mean grip force (CFmax). This raw mean grip force data was in turn converted to a maximum hindϋmb cumulative compressive force (CFmax), as the grams of force/kg of body weight, for each animal.
For evaluating the compound effects, the hind limb grip force was conducted 20 days following the intra-articular injection of MIA. A group of age- matched naϊve (not injected with MiA) animals was added as a comparator to the drug-dosed groups. The vehicle control response for each group of MIA-treated animals was defined as the 0% response (0% effect), whereas the naive control group was defined as the normal response and as 100% effect. The % effects for each dose group was expressed as % return of reponse to normalcy, compared to the naive group. That is, the % effect = (Treatment CFmaχ - Vehicle CFmaχ)/Vehicle CFmax] x 100). Ail experiments evaluating drug effects in this model were conducted in a randomized blinded fashion. The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values:
Figure imgf000109_0001
Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 100-250 micromoles/kg of body weight
Activity of histamine H4 receptor ligands in inflammatory Pain Models
Determination of Analgesic Effect Against Inflammatory Pain
To assess the effectiveness of representative compounds of the invention against acute model inflammatory pain, animals were tested in an acute model of carrageenan-induced thermal hyperalgesia (see for example, Honore, et al Behavioural Brain Research 167 (2006) 355-364; Porreca, et a/. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics (2006) vol. 318 pp 195-205) Carrageenan was injected into the test paw of the animal, and after 90 minutes, the test drug was administered by intraperitoneal dosing The effect on thermal hyperalgesia was assessed in a hotbox assay which was done 30 minutes after the intraperitoneal dosing of the test drug, and the MPE (maximal percent effect) reported by comparison to the control paw (not injected with carrageenan), according to 100 times the withdrawal latency of the carrageenan injected paw (in seconds) divided by the withdrawal latency of the control (not injected with carrageenan) paw.
The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values:
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 3-300 micromoles/kg of body weight.
Determination of Analgesic Effect Against Hyperalgesia To assess the effectiveness of representative compounds of the invention against hyperalgesia, animals were tested in an acute model of adjuvant-induced thermal hyperalgesia (see for example, Honore, et al. Behavioural Brain Research 167 (2006) 355-364; Carroll, θt al US Patent application US 2006/00256 UA I). To prepare animals for the model, a solution of Complete Freund's adjuvant (150 microliters of a 50% aqueous solution, Sigma Chemical Company, St Louis, MO) was injected into the plantar surface of test paw of the animal (rat) Rats so injected develop a hyperalgesia to thermal stimulation which is assessed 48 hours after injection of the Complete Freund's adjuvant using a commercially available paw thermal stimulator (UARDG, Dept of Anesthesiology, Univ California at San Diego, La JoIIa, CA). For testing, rats were placed individually in a so-called 'hot box1 (i.e. Plexiglass cubicles mounted on a glass surface) maintained at 30 0C, and allowed a 30 minute habituation period. A thermal stimulus, in the form of radiant heat emitted from a focused projection bulb, was then applied to the plantar surface of each hind paw. The stimulus current was maintained (e g, at 4,5 Amp) and the time of exposure set to limit the extent of possible tissue damage (e.g. maximum of 20 seconds exposure to thermal heating from the projection bulb). The time (in seconds) for the withdrawal of the paw that was injected with the Complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA) and subjected to the thermal stimulus was recorded, and this was compared to the time (in seconds) for withdrawal of the uninjected paw subjected to the same thermal stimulus The paw injected with CFA develops a thermal hyperalgesia which is expressed as a shorter time (typically around 6 seconds) before paw withdrawal under thermal stimulus; uninjected paws do not show thermal hyperalgesia and have a normal withdraw time {typically around 10-12 seconds). To test the effect of a compound on the hyperalgesia, the test compound is dissolved in a vehicle (e.g water or saline) and administered by i.p. (intraperitoneal) injection 30 minutes before the testing of the animal's response to the thermal stimulus to the paws. The antihyperalgesic activity of the compound in blocking the pain is shown by an increase in the time to withdraw the CFA-injected paw subjected to thermal stimulus Experiments are done with single-dose and escalating-dosages of the test compound, and dose response curves constructed to determine ED5O values.
The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values;
Figure imgf000112_0001
Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the mode! at doses of ranging about 30-300 rnicromoles/kg of body weight In a separate method of assessing the effectiveness of representative compounds of the invention against hyperalgesia, animals were tested in the acute mode! of adjuvant-induced hyperalgesia using Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA) as described above, but in this case, tactile ailodynia to a mechanical stimulus was measured using calibrated von Frey filaments (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL). Animals were prepared as described above: a solution of Complete Freund's adjuvant (150 microliters of a 50% aqueous solution, Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, MO) was injected into the plantar surface of test paw of the animal (rat). Rats so injected develop a hyperalgesia to mechanical (touch) stimulation which is assessed 48 hours after injection of the Complete Freund's adjuvant. Withdrawal threshold was determined by increasing and decreasing stimulus intensity, and estimated using the Dixon's up-down method (Dixon, Annual Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. (1980) vol. 20, pp 441-462; Chaplan et al. "Quantitative assessment of tactile ailodynia in the rat paw" J. Neuroscience Methods (1994) vol. 53 pp. 55-63), Rats were placed into inverted individual plastic containers (20 x 12.5 x 20 cm) on top of a suspended wire mesh with a 1 cm2 grid to provide access to the ventral side of the hind paws, and acclimated to the test chambers for 20 min. The von Frey filaments were presented perpendicularly to the plantar surface of the selected hind paw, and then held in this position for approximately 8 seconds with enough force to cause a slight bend in the filament. Positive responses included an abrupt withdrawal of the hind paw from the stimulus, or flinching behavior immediately following removal of the stimulus. Withdrawal threshold was determined using an up-down procedure (Dixon, Annual Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. (1980) vol. 20, pp. 441-462; Chapian et a!. "Quantitative assessment of tactile ailodynia in the rat paw" J. Neuroscience Methods (1994) vol. 53 pp. 55-63). The strength of the maximum filament used for von Frey testing was 15.O g,
The following table of representative histamine H4 receptor ligands is provided, along with potency values.
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Representative compounds are active in this model, with preferred compounds of the invention active in the model at doses of ranging about 30-100 micromoies/kg of body weight.
Compounds of the invention are histamine H4 receptor ligands that modulate function of the histamine H4 receptor by altering the activity of the receptor. They may be antagonists, inverse agonists, or partial agonists.. Preferrably the compounds are antagonists. More preferably the ligands are histamine H4 receptor inverse agonists. it is understood that the foregoing detailed description and accompanying examples are merely illustrative and are not to be taken as limitations upon the scope of the invention, which is defined solely by the appended claims and their equivalents. Various changes and modifications to the disclosed embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications, including without limitation those relating to the chemical structures, substituents, derivatives, intermediates, syntheses, formulations, or methods, or any combination of such changes and modifications of use of the invention, may be made without departing from the spirit and scope thereof

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method of treating pain comprising administering a histamine H4 receptor ligand, a salt, ester or amide thereof, or a composition comprising such histamine H4 receptor iigand, salt, ester, or amide.
2.. The method of claim 1 , wherein the pain is inflammatory pain, inflammatory hyperalgesia, hyperalgesia, neuropathic pain, migraine, cancer pain, visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, and post-surgical pain.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the pain is neuropathic pain, migraine, cancer pain, visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, and post-surgical pain,
4 The method of claim 1 , wherein the pain is neuropathic pain, osteoarthritis pain, and post-surgical pain.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the pain is osteoarthritis pain,
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the pain is post-surgicai pain.
7. The method of claim 1 , wherein the pain is neuropathic pain.
8. The method of claim 1 , wherein the neuropathic pain is peripheral neuropathic pain syndrome, chemotherapy-induced neuropathy, complex regional pain syndrome, HlV sensory neuropathy, neuropathy secondary to tumor infiltration, painful diabetic neuropathy, phantom limb pain, postherpetic neuralgia, postmastectomy pain, trigeminal neuralgia, central neuropathic pain syndrome, central poststroke pain, multiple sclerosis pain, Parkinson disease pain, or spinal cord injury pain,
9 The method of claim 1 , wherein the histamine H4 receptor ligand is a compound of formula (I), formula (Ha), formula (lib), formula (111), formula (IV), formula (V), formula (Vl), formula (VII), formula (VIII), formula (IX), formula (X) or formula (Xl),
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein the pain is migraine, cancer pain, visceral pain, osteoarthritis pain, post-surgical pain, and neuropathic pain, wherein the histamine H4 receptor iigand is a compound of formula (I), formula (Ha), formula (lib), formula (III), formula (IV), formula (V) or formula (Vl), formula (VlI), formula (VIII), formula (IX), formula (X) or formula (Xl).
11 . The method of claim 3, wherein the histamine H4 receptor Iigand is a compound of formula (I), formula (Ha), formula (lib), formula (III), formula (IV), formula (V), formula (Vl), formula (VII), formula (ViII), formula (IX), formula (X) or formula (Xl)
12, The method of claim 1 , wherein the histamine H4 receptor Iigand is
4-[2-amino-6-(4~methy!-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidiπ~4~yl]-benzonitrile; 4-(4-rnethyi- piperazin-1-yl)-6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 5-ch!oro-1 H-indol-2-yl)-(4- methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methanone; 4-((R)-3-amino-pyrro!idin-1-yl)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrirnidin-2-yiamine; 4-piperazin-1 -yl-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 f2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-(3-methylamino-azetidin-1 -yl)- 6t7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine, or sulfamide, N- [(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl]-N'-[2-(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)ethyl]-.
13. A method of treating pain comprising administering a histamine H4 receptor Iigand, or a salt, ester, or amide thereof, in combination with a histamine Hi antagonist; a histamine H2 antagonist, histamine H3 antagonist; a modulator of TNF~α, an anti-inflammatory corticocosteroid; a 5-!ipoxygenase inhibitor; a leukotriene antagonist; a LTB4 antagonist; a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; a COX-2 inhibitor; an anti-nociceptive opiate agonist, an anti-nociceptive alpha adrenergic agonist, a TRPV1 antagonist, a nicotinic acetylcholine receptor agonist, a CB-1 agonist; a CB-2 agonist; a P2X7 antagonist; a metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonist or a combination thereof.
14. The method of claim 3, wherein the histamine H4 receptor ligand is a compound of formula (I), formula (!Ia), formula (Hb), formula (III), formula (IV)1 formula (V), formula (Vl), formula (VII)1 formula (VlII), formula (IX), formula (X) or formula (Xl).
15, The method of claim 3, wherein the histamine H4 receptor ligand is 4-[2-amino-6~(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl3-benzonitrile; 4-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-y!)-6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 5-ch!oro-1 H~indol-2-yl)-(4- methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-methanone; 4-({R)-3-amino-pyrrolidin-1~y!)-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta|1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine; 4-piperazin-1 -yl-6,7-dihydro-5H- benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2'd]pyhmidin-2-ylamine; 4-(3-methylamino-azefidin-1-y!)- 6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo[6,7]cyclohepta[1 ,2-d]pyrimidin-2-ylamine, or Sulfamide, N- [(3,4-dichlorophenyi)methy!]-N'-[2-(1 H-imidazol-4-yl)ethyl3-,
PCT/US2007/080132 2006-10-02 2007-10-02 Histamine h4 receptor ligands for use in pain treatment WO2008060766A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US84895406P 2006-10-02 2006-10-02
US60/848,954 2006-10-02

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008060766A2 true WO2008060766A2 (en) 2008-05-22
WO2008060766A3 WO2008060766A3 (en) 2009-02-19

Family

ID=39332105

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2007/080132 WO2008060766A2 (en) 2006-10-02 2007-10-02 Histamine h4 receptor ligands for use in pain treatment

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US7985745B2 (en)
TW (1) TW200831490A (en)
WO (1) WO2008060766A2 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009068512A1 (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-04 Palau Pharma, S. A. 2 -amino-pyrimidine derivatives as histamine h4 antagonists
WO2010094721A1 (en) * 2009-02-18 2010-08-26 Palau Pharma, S. A. Piperidin-pyrimidine derivatives as antagonists of histamine h4 receptor
WO2010108059A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2010-09-23 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrimidine derivatives as antagonists of the histamine h4 receptor
US7923451B2 (en) 2007-02-14 2011-04-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2-aminopyrimidine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US8173808B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2012-05-08 Arqule, Inc. Substituted naphthalenyl-pyrimidine compounds
US8436008B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2013-05-07 Incyte Corporation Substituted heterocyclic compounds
US8841287B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2014-09-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Diamino-pyridine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US8901146B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2014-12-02 Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation Aminoalkylpyrimidine derivatives as histamine H4 receptor antagonists
US9371311B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2016-06-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Benzoimidazol-2-yl pyrimidine derivatives
WO2017131171A1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 Ｍｅｉｊｉ Ｓｅｉｋａファルマ株式会社 Novel compound and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8278313B2 (en) * 2008-03-11 2012-10-02 Abbott Laboratories Macrocyclic spiro pyrimidine derivatives
US8436005B2 (en) * 2008-04-03 2013-05-07 Abbott Laboratories Macrocyclic pyrimidine derivatives

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001062233A2 (en) * 2000-02-25 2001-08-30 F. Hoffmann La Roche Ag Adenosine receptor modulators
WO2003020907A2 (en) * 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Histamine receptor h4 polynucleotides
WO2005007648A2 (en) * 2003-07-16 2005-01-27 Neurogen Corporation Biaryl piperazinyl-pyridine analogues
WO2005014579A1 (en) * 2003-07-21 2005-02-17 Astrazeneca Ab Imidazol derivatives of piperdine as histamine antagonists
WO2005014556A1 (en) * 2003-08-05 2005-02-17 Bayer Healthcare Ag 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives
WO2005054239A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-06-16 Bayer Healthcare Ag 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives
US20060111416A1 (en) * 2004-11-24 2006-05-25 Lane Charlotte A L Octahydropyrrolo[3,4-C]pyrrole derivatives
WO2007072163A2 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Pfizer Limited Pyrimidine derivatives
WO2008031556A2 (en) * 2006-09-12 2008-03-20 Ucb Pharma, S.A. 2 amino-pyrimidine derivatives as h4 receptor antagonists, processes for preparing them and their use in pharmaceutical compositions

Family Cites Families (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3755583A (en) * 1970-06-05 1973-08-28 Chas0!nhx
JPH02221262A (en) 1989-02-22 1990-09-04 Taiji Nakayama 4-substituted-benzo ( h ) quinazoline derivative, 4-substituted-benzo ( 6,7 ) cyclohepta ( 1,2-d ) pyrimidine derivative and platelet coagulation inhibitor containing the same derivatives as active component
ES2079391T3 (en) * 1989-04-17 1996-01-16 Bayer Ag PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING 2,7-DIAZABICICLO (3.3.0) OCTANES.
JPH06220059A (en) 1993-01-28 1994-08-09 Tanabe Seiyaku Co Ltd Condensed pyrimidine derivative and its production
ATE174591T1 (en) 1993-09-15 1999-01-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme CONDENSED TRICYCLIC HETEROAROMATIC DERIVATIVES AS LIGANDS OF THE DOPAMINE RECEPTOR SUBTYPE
US6204017B1 (en) * 1999-10-07 2001-03-20 Schering Corporation Polynucleotide encoding a histamine receptor
AU2002336273A1 (en) * 2001-03-09 2002-09-24 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and their use as histamine h4 ligands.
ATE325125T1 (en) 2002-09-06 2006-06-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv THIENOPYRROLYL AND FURANOPYRROLYL COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE AS HISTAMINE H4 RECEPTOR LIGANDS
WO2004022061A1 (en) 2002-09-06 2004-03-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Use of indolyl derivatives for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment allergic rhinitis
US20050090527A1 (en) 2003-01-28 2005-04-28 Schering Corporation Combination of H1, H3 and H4 receptor antagonists for treatment of allergic and non-allergic pulmonary inflammation, congestion and allergic rhinitis
US7399765B2 (en) * 2003-09-19 2008-07-15 Abbott Laboratories Substituted diazabicycloalkane derivatives
EP1670774A1 (en) 2003-09-30 2006-06-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Quinoxaline compounds
RU2006110561A (en) 2003-09-30 2007-10-10 Янссен Фармацевтика Н.В. (Be) COMPOUNDS OF BENZOIMIDAZOLE
WO2005042500A1 (en) 2003-10-03 2005-05-12 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Arylindenopyridines and arylindenopyridines and their use as adenosine a2a receptor antagonist
US7326712B2 (en) 2003-10-14 2008-02-05 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona Substituted tricyclic compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
CA2560896C (en) 2004-03-25 2013-06-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Imidazole compounds
US7241776B2 (en) 2004-08-02 2007-07-10 Abbott Laboratories Cyanoamidine P2X7 antagonists for the treatment of pain
CN102766142A (en) * 2004-10-04 2012-11-07 千禧药品公司 Lactam compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US20080269239A1 (en) 2004-11-11 2008-10-30 Argenta Discovery Ltd. Pyrimidine Compounds as Histamine Modulators
EP1767537A1 (en) 2005-09-21 2007-03-28 Cellzome (UK) Ltd. Pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
WO2007090854A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Cellzome (Uk) Ltd. Azetidine amino pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
EP1829879A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2007-09-05 Cellzome (UK) Ltd. Amino pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
WO2007090853A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2007-08-16 Cellzome (Uk) Ltd. Enantiomers of amino pyrimidine compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US8735411B2 (en) * 2006-10-02 2014-05-27 Abbvie Inc. Macrocyclic benzofused pyrimidine derivatives

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001062233A2 (en) * 2000-02-25 2001-08-30 F. Hoffmann La Roche Ag Adenosine receptor modulators
WO2003020907A2 (en) * 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Histamine receptor h4 polynucleotides
WO2005007648A2 (en) * 2003-07-16 2005-01-27 Neurogen Corporation Biaryl piperazinyl-pyridine analogues
WO2005014579A1 (en) * 2003-07-21 2005-02-17 Astrazeneca Ab Imidazol derivatives of piperdine as histamine antagonists
WO2005014556A1 (en) * 2003-08-05 2005-02-17 Bayer Healthcare Ag 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives
WO2005054239A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-06-16 Bayer Healthcare Ag 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives
US20060111416A1 (en) * 2004-11-24 2006-05-25 Lane Charlotte A L Octahydropyrrolo[3,4-C]pyrrole derivatives
WO2007072163A2 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Pfizer Limited Pyrimidine derivatives
WO2008031556A2 (en) * 2006-09-12 2008-03-20 Ucb Pharma, S.A. 2 amino-pyrimidine derivatives as h4 receptor antagonists, processes for preparing them and their use in pharmaceutical compositions

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8415366B2 (en) 2007-02-14 2013-04-09 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2-aminopyrimidine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US8716475B2 (en) 2007-02-14 2014-05-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2-aminopyrimidine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US7923451B2 (en) 2007-02-14 2011-04-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2-aminopyrimidine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US8686142B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2014-04-01 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2-aminopyrimidine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US20130158258A1 (en) * 2007-02-14 2013-06-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2-aminopyrimidine modulators of the histamine h4 receptor
WO2009068512A1 (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-04 Palau Pharma, S. A. 2 -amino-pyrimidine derivatives as histamine h4 antagonists
US8841287B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2014-09-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Diamino-pyridine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US9732087B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2017-08-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Diamino-pyridine, pyrimidine, and pyridazine modulators of the histamine H4 receptor
US9371311B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2016-06-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Benzoimidazol-2-yl pyrimidine derivatives
US8436008B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2013-05-07 Incyte Corporation Substituted heterocyclic compounds
WO2010094721A1 (en) * 2009-02-18 2010-08-26 Palau Pharma, S. A. Piperidin-pyrimidine derivatives as antagonists of histamine h4 receptor
US8481732B2 (en) 2009-03-20 2013-07-09 Incyte Corporation Substituted heterocyclic compounds
WO2010108059A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2010-09-23 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrimidine derivatives as antagonists of the histamine h4 receptor
US8901146B2 (en) 2009-12-23 2014-12-02 Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation Aminoalkylpyrimidine derivatives as histamine H4 receptor antagonists
CN102822169A (en) * 2009-12-30 2012-12-12 艾科尔公司 Substituted naphthalenyl-pyrimidine compounds
US8173808B2 (en) 2009-12-30 2012-05-08 Arqule, Inc. Substituted naphthalenyl-pyrimidine compounds
WO2017131171A1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 Ｍｅｉｊｉ Ｓｅｉｋａファルマ株式会社 Novel compound and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20080194538A1 (en) 2008-08-14
US7985745B2 (en) 2011-07-26
TW200831490A (en) 2008-08-01
WO2008060766A3 (en) 2009-02-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2008060766A2 (en) Histamine h4 receptor ligands for use in pain treatment
ES2805087T3 (en) Substituted pyrazolo [1,5-a] pyridine compounds as RET kinase inhibitors
JP6884102B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of cancer
KR101954044B1 (en) Pyridone and aza-pyridone compounds and methods of use
JP5134548B2 (en) N4-phenylquinazolin-4-amine derivatives and related compounds as ErbBI type receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of hyperproliferative diseases
ES2806135T3 (en) New bicyclic bromodomain inhibitors
KR101546693B1 (en) Substituted quinoline compounds and methods of use
AU2008236562B2 (en) Methods of treating cancer using pyridopyrimidinone inhibitors of PI3K alpha
TW202039487A (en) 2-oxoquinazoline derivatives as methionine adenosyltransferase 2a inhibitors
CN101959516B (en) Methods of treating by inhibiting with quinaxoline inhibitors of PI3K-alpha
TW200413349A (en) Benzimidazole quinolinones and uses thereof
JP2022515197A (en) 7-((3,5-dimethoxyphenyl) amino) quinoxaline derivative as an FGFR inhibitor for treating cancer
CA2671982A1 (en) Methods of using mek inhibitors
JP2016529312A (en) Antiproliferative compound
AU2007296441A1 (en) Kinase inhibitors useful for the treatment of proliferative diseases
RU2008141761A (en) C-MET PROTEINKINASE INHIBITORS
TW200528111A (en) Pyrido-and pyrimidopyrimidine derivatives
IL308853A (en) Combination therapy comprising a mat2a inhibitor and a type ii prmt inhibitor
TW202039489A (en) Heterobicyclic inhibitors of mat2a and methods of use for treating cancer
WO2022221227A9 (en) Amino-substituted heterocycles for treating cancers with egfr mutations
TW201605450A (en) Combination of Mdm2 inhibitor and BRAF inhibitor and their use
EP4281078A1 (en) Pharmaceutical combinations of sos1 inhibitors for treating and/or preventing cancer
WO2014177915A1 (en) Cancer combination therapy using imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline derivatives
JP2021516674A (en) 5-Heteroaryl Substituted Imidazole-3-Carboxamide and Methods of Preparation and Use thereof
EP4225445A2 (en) Heterocyclic inhibitors of egfr and/or her2, for use in the treatment of cancer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07871105

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2